| // Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. |
| |
| package s3 |
| |
| import ( |
| "bytes" |
| "fmt" |
| "io" |
| "sync" |
| "sync/atomic" |
| "time" |
| |
| "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" |
| "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" |
| "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" |
| "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" |
| "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" |
| "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" |
| "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream" |
| "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/eventstreamapi" |
| "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest" |
| "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml" |
| ) |
| |
| const opAbortMultipartUpload = "AbortMultipartUpload" |
| |
| // AbortMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the AbortMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See AbortMultipartUpload for more information on using the AbortMultipartUpload |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the AbortMultipartUploadRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload |
| func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opAbortMultipartUpload, |
| HTTPMethod: "DELETE", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &AbortMultipartUploadInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &AbortMultipartUploadOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // AbortMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Aborts a multipart upload. |
| // |
| // To verify that all parts have been removed, so you don't get charged for |
| // the part storage, you should call the List Parts operation and ensure the |
| // parts list is empty. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation AbortMultipartUpload for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeNoSuchUpload "NoSuchUpload" |
| // The specified multipart upload does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload |
| func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUpload(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // AbortMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as AbortMultipartUpload with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See AbortMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AbortMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opCompleteMultipartUpload = "CompleteMultipartUpload" |
| |
| // CompleteMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the CompleteMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See CompleteMultipartUpload for more information on using the CompleteMultipartUpload |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the CompleteMultipartUploadRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload |
| func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opCompleteMultipartUpload, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &CompleteMultipartUploadInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &CompleteMultipartUploadOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // CompleteMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation CompleteMultipartUpload for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload |
| func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUpload(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CompleteMultipartUpload with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See CompleteMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opCopyObject = "CopyObject" |
| |
| // CopyObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the CopyObject operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See CopyObject for more information on using the CopyObject |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the CopyObjectRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.CopyObjectRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject |
| func (c *S3) CopyObjectRequest(input *CopyObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyObjectOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opCopyObject, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &CopyObjectInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &CopyObjectOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // CopyObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation CopyObject for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError "ObjectNotInActiveTierError" |
| // The source object of the COPY operation is not in the active tier and is |
| // only stored in Amazon Glacier. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject |
| func (c *S3) CopyObject(input *CopyObjectInput) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.CopyObjectRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // CopyObjectWithContext is the same as CopyObject with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See CopyObject for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) CopyObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.CopyObjectRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opCreateBucket = "CreateBucket" |
| |
| // CreateBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the CreateBucket operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See CreateBucket for more information on using the CreateBucket |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the CreateBucketRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.CreateBucketRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket |
| func (c *S3) CreateBucketRequest(input *CreateBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateBucketOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opCreateBucket, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &CreateBucketInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &CreateBucketOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // CreateBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Creates a new bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation CreateBucket for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists "BucketAlreadyExists" |
| // The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared |
| // by all users of the system. Please select a different name and try again. |
| // |
| // * ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou" |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket |
| func (c *S3) CreateBucket(input *CreateBucketInput) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.CreateBucketRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // CreateBucketWithContext is the same as CreateBucket with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See CreateBucket for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) CreateBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.CreateBucketRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opCreateMultipartUpload = "CreateMultipartUpload" |
| |
| // CreateMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the CreateMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See CreateMultipartUpload for more information on using the CreateMultipartUpload |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the CreateMultipartUploadRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload |
| func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opCreateMultipartUpload, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?uploads", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &CreateMultipartUploadInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &CreateMultipartUploadOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // CreateMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. |
| // |
| // Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you |
| // must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged |
| // for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort |
| // multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging |
| // you for the parts storage. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation CreateMultipartUpload for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload |
| func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUpload(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // CreateMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CreateMultipartUpload with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See CreateMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteBucket = "DeleteBucket" |
| |
| // DeleteBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteBucket operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucket for more information on using the DeleteBucket |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketRequest(input *DeleteBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteBucket, |
| HTTPMethod: "DELETE", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteBucketInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteBucketOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Deletes the bucket. All objects (including all object versions and Delete |
| // Markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation DeleteBucket for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucket(input *DeleteBucketInput) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketWithContext is the same as DeleteBucket with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucket for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration" |
| |
| // DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration, |
| HTTPMethod: "DELETE", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics |
| // configuration ID). |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteBucketCors = "DeleteBucketCors" |
| |
| // DeleteBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteBucketCors operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketCors for more information on using the DeleteBucketCors |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketCorsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketCorsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteBucketCors, |
| HTTPMethod: "DELETE", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteBucketCorsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteBucketCorsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Deletes the CORS configuration information set for the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation DeleteBucketCors for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCors(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketCorsWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketCors with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteBucketEncryption = "DeleteBucketEncryption" |
| |
| // DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketEncryption for more information on using the DeleteBucketEncryption |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketEncryption |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteBucketEncryption, |
| HTTPMethod: "DELETE", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?encryption", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteBucketEncryptionInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Deletes the server-side encryption configuration from the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation DeleteBucketEncryption for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketEncryption |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryption(input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) (*DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketEncryption with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration = "DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration" |
| |
| // DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration, |
| HTTPMethod: "DELETE", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from |
| // the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteBucketLifecycle = "DeleteBucketLifecycle" |
| |
| // DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketLifecycle for more information on using the DeleteBucketLifecycle |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteBucketLifecycle, |
| HTTPMethod: "DELETE", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteBucketLifecycleInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation DeleteBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycle(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketLifecycle with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration = "DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration" |
| |
| // DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration, |
| HTTPMethod: "DELETE", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Deletes a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) |
| // from the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteBucketPolicy = "DeleteBucketPolicy" |
| |
| // DeleteBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketPolicy for more information on using the DeleteBucketPolicy |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketPolicyRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteBucketPolicy, |
| HTTPMethod: "DELETE", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteBucketPolicyInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteBucketPolicyOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Deletes the policy from the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation DeleteBucketPolicy for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicy(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketPolicy with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteBucketReplication = "DeleteBucketReplication" |
| |
| // DeleteBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteBucketReplication operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketReplication for more information on using the DeleteBucketReplication |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketReplicationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteBucketReplication, |
| HTTPMethod: "DELETE", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteBucketReplicationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteBucketReplicationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket. For information about |
| // replication configuration, see Cross-Region Replication (CRR) ( https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/crr.html) |
| // in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation DeleteBucketReplication for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplication(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketReplication with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteBucketTagging = "DeleteBucketTagging" |
| |
| // DeleteBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteBucketTagging operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketTagging for more information on using the DeleteBucketTagging |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketTaggingRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteBucketTagging, |
| HTTPMethod: "DELETE", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteBucketTaggingInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteBucketTaggingOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Deletes the tags from the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation DeleteBucketTagging for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTagging(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketTagging with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteBucketWebsite = "DeleteBucketWebsite" |
| |
| // DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketWebsite for more information on using the DeleteBucketWebsite |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteBucketWebsite, |
| HTTPMethod: "DELETE", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteBucketWebsiteInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // This operation removes the website configuration from the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation DeleteBucketWebsite for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsite(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketWebsite with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteObject = "DeleteObject" |
| |
| // DeleteObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteObject operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteObject for more information on using the DeleteObject |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteObjectRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject |
| func (c *S3) DeleteObjectRequest(input *DeleteObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteObject, |
| HTTPMethod: "DELETE", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteObjectInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteObjectOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete |
| // marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a |
| // null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation DeleteObject for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject |
| func (c *S3) DeleteObject(input *DeleteObjectInput) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteObjectWithContext is the same as DeleteObject with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteObject for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) DeleteObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteObjectTagging = "DeleteObjectTagging" |
| |
| // DeleteObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteObjectTagging operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteObjectTagging for more information on using the DeleteObjectTagging |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectTaggingRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging |
| func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteObjectTagging, |
| HTTPMethod: "DELETE", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteObjectTaggingInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteObjectTaggingOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Removes the tag-set from an existing object. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation DeleteObjectTagging for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging |
| func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTagging(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteObjectTagging with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeleteObjects = "DeleteObjects" |
| |
| // DeleteObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeleteObjects operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeleteObjects for more information on using the DeleteObjects |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeleteObjectsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects |
| func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsRequest(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeleteObjects, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?delete", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeleteObjectsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeleteObjectsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using |
| // a single HTTP request. You may specify up to 1000 keys. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation DeleteObjects for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects |
| func (c *S3) DeleteObjects(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteObjectsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeleteObjectsWithContext is the same as DeleteObjects with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeleteObjects for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeleteObjectsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opDeletePublicAccessBlock = "DeletePublicAccessBlock" |
| |
| // DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the DeletePublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See DeletePublicAccessBlock for more information on using the DeletePublicAccessBlock |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeletePublicAccessBlock |
| func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opDeletePublicAccessBlock, |
| HTTPMethod: "DELETE", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?publicAccessBlock", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &DeletePublicAccessBlockInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // DeletePublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration from an Amazon S3 bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation DeletePublicAccessBlock for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeletePublicAccessBlock |
| func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlock(input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) (*DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // DeletePublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as DeletePublicAccessBlock with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See DeletePublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration" |
| |
| // GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketAccelerateConfiguration, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?accelerate", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns the accelerate configuration of a bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketAcl = "GetBucketAcl" |
| |
| // GetBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketAcl operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketAcl for more information on using the GetBucketAcl |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAclRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketAclRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketAclRequest(input *GetBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAclOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketAcl, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?acl", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketAclInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketAclOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Gets the access control policy for the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketAcl for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketAcl(input *GetBucketAclInput) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketAclRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketAclWithContext is the same as GetBucketAcl with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketAclRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration" |
| |
| // GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Gets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics |
| // configuration ID). |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketCors = "GetBucketCors" |
| |
| // GetBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketCors operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketCors for more information on using the GetBucketCors |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketCorsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketCorsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsRequest(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketCorsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketCors, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketCorsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketCorsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns the CORS configuration for the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketCors for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketCors(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketCorsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketCorsWithContext is the same as GetBucketCors with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketCorsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketEncryption = "GetBucketEncryption" |
| |
| // GetBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketEncryption for more information on using the GetBucketEncryption |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketEncryptionRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketEncryption |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input *GetBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketEncryptionOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketEncryption, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?encryption", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketEncryptionInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketEncryptionOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns the server-side encryption configuration of a bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketEncryption for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketEncryption |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryption(input *GetBucketEncryptionInput) (*GetBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as GetBucketEncryption with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketInventoryConfiguration = "GetBucketInventoryConfiguration" |
| |
| // GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketInventoryConfiguration, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from |
| // the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketLifecycle = "GetBucketLifecycle" |
| |
| // GetBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketLifecycle for more information on using the GetBucketLifecycle |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle |
| // |
| // Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycle has been deprecated |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) { |
| if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil { |
| c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, GetBucketLifecycle, has been deprecated") |
| } |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketLifecycle, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketLifecycleInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketLifecycleOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // No longer used, see the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle |
| // |
| // Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycle has been deprecated |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycle(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycle with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| // |
| // Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycleWithContext has been deprecated |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration" |
| |
| // GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketLifecycleConfiguration, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketLocation = "GetBucketLocation" |
| |
| // GetBucketLocationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketLocation operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketLocation for more information on using the GetBucketLocation |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLocationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketLocationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationRequest(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLocationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketLocation, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?location", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketLocationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketLocationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketLocation API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns the region the bucket resides in. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketLocation for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketLocation(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketLocationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketLocationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLocation with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketLocation for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLocationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketLocationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketLogging = "GetBucketLogging" |
| |
| // GetBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketLogging operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketLogging for more information on using the GetBucketLogging |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLoggingRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketLoggingRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingRequest(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLoggingOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketLogging, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?logging", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketLoggingInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketLoggingOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to |
| // view and modify that status. To use GET, you must be the bucket owner. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketLogging for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketLogging(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketLoggingRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketLogging with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketLoggingRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketMetricsConfiguration = "GetBucketMetricsConfiguration" |
| |
| // GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketMetricsConfiguration, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) |
| // from the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketNotification = "GetBucketNotification" |
| |
| // GetBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketNotification operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketNotification for more information on using the GetBucketNotification |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification |
| // |
| // Deprecated: GetBucketNotification has been deprecated |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) { |
| if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil { |
| c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, GetBucketNotification, has been deprecated") |
| } |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketNotification, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &NotificationConfigurationDeprecated{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // No longer used, see the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketNotification for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification |
| // |
| // Deprecated: GetBucketNotification has been deprecated |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketNotification(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotification with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| // |
| // Deprecated: GetBucketNotificationWithContext has been deprecated |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketNotificationConfiguration = "GetBucketNotificationConfiguration" |
| |
| // GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfiguration) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketNotificationConfiguration, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &NotificationConfiguration{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns the notification configuration of a bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfiguration, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfiguration, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketPolicy = "GetBucketPolicy" |
| |
| // GetBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketPolicy for more information on using the GetBucketPolicy |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketPolicyRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketPolicyRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketPolicyOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketPolicy, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketPolicyInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketPolicyOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns the policy of a specified bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketPolicy for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicy(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as GetBucketPolicy with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketPolicyStatus = "GetBucketPolicyStatus" |
| |
| // GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketPolicyStatus operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketPolicyStatus for more information on using the GetBucketPolicyStatus |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicyStatus |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketPolicyStatus, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policyStatus", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketPolicyStatusInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketPolicyStatus API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the |
| // bucket is public. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketPolicyStatus for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicyStatus |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatus(input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) (*GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketPolicyStatusWithContext is the same as GetBucketPolicyStatus with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketPolicyStatus for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketReplication = "GetBucketReplication" |
| |
| // GetBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketReplication operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketReplication for more information on using the GetBucketReplication |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketReplicationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketReplicationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationRequest(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketReplicationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketReplication, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketReplicationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketReplicationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns the replication configuration of a bucket. |
| // |
| // It can take a while to propagate the put or delete a replication configuration |
| // to all Amazon S3 systems. Therefore, a get request soon after put or delete |
| // can return a wrong result. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketReplication for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketReplication(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketReplicationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as GetBucketReplication with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketReplicationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketRequestPayment = "GetBucketRequestPayment" |
| |
| // GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketRequestPayment for more information on using the GetBucketRequestPayment |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketRequestPayment, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?requestPayment", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketRequestPaymentInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPayment(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as GetBucketRequestPayment with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketTagging = "GetBucketTagging" |
| |
| // GetBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketTagging operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketTagging for more information on using the GetBucketTagging |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketTaggingRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketTaggingRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingRequest(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketTaggingOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketTagging, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketTaggingInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketTaggingOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns the tag set associated with the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketTagging for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketTagging(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketTaggingRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketTagging with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketTaggingRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketVersioning = "GetBucketVersioning" |
| |
| // GetBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketVersioning for more information on using the GetBucketVersioning |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketVersioningRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketVersioningRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningRequest(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketVersioningOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketVersioning, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versioning", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketVersioningInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketVersioningOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns the versioning state of a bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketVersioning for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioning(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketVersioningRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as GetBucketVersioning with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketVersioningRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetBucketWebsite = "GetBucketWebsite" |
| |
| // GetBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketWebsite for more information on using the GetBucketWebsite |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketWebsiteRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetBucketWebsite, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetBucketWebsiteInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetBucketWebsiteOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns the website configuration for a bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetBucketWebsite for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsite(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as GetBucketWebsite with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetObject = "GetObject" |
| |
| // GetObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetObject operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetObject for more information on using the GetObject |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetObjectRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetObjectRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectRequest(input *GetObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetObject, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetObjectInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetObjectOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetObject for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey" |
| // The specified key does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject |
| func (c *S3) GetObject(input *GetObjectInput) (*GetObjectOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetObjectWithContext is the same as GetObject with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetObject for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetObjectAcl = "GetObjectAcl" |
| |
| // GetObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetObjectAcl operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetObjectAcl for more information on using the GetObjectAcl |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetObjectAclRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetObjectAclRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectAclRequest(input *GetObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectAclOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetObjectAcl, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?acl", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetObjectAclInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetObjectAclOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetObjectAcl for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey" |
| // The specified key does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectAcl(input *GetObjectAclInput) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetObjectAclRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetObjectAclWithContext is the same as GetObjectAcl with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetObjectAclRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetObjectLegalHold = "GetObjectLegalHold" |
| |
| // GetObjectLegalHoldRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetObjectLegalHold operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetObjectLegalHold for more information on using the GetObjectLegalHold |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetObjectLegalHoldRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLegalHold |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetObjectLegalHold, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?legal-hold", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetObjectLegalHoldInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetObjectLegalHoldOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetObjectLegalHold API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Gets an object's current Legal Hold status. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetObjectLegalHold for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLegalHold |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHold(input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) (*GetObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetObjectLegalHoldWithContext is the same as GetObjectLegalHold with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetObjectLegalHold for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHoldWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetObjectLockConfiguration = "GetObjectLockConfiguration" |
| |
| // GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetObjectLockConfiguration operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetObjectLockConfiguration for more information on using the GetObjectLockConfiguration |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLockConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetObjectLockConfiguration, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?object-lock", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetObjectLockConfigurationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetObjectLockConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the |
| // Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object |
| // placed in the specified bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetObjectLockConfiguration for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLockConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfiguration(input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) (*GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetObjectLockConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetObjectLockConfiguration with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetObjectLockConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetObjectRetention = "GetObjectRetention" |
| |
| // GetObjectRetentionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetObjectRetention operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetObjectRetention for more information on using the GetObjectRetention |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetObjectRetentionRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetObjectRetentionRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectRetention |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectRetentionRequest(input *GetObjectRetentionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectRetentionOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetObjectRetention, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?retention", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetObjectRetentionInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetObjectRetentionOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetObjectRetention API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Retrieves an object's retention settings. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetObjectRetention for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectRetention |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectRetention(input *GetObjectRetentionInput) (*GetObjectRetentionOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetObjectRetentionRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetObjectRetentionWithContext is the same as GetObjectRetention with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetObjectRetention for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectRetentionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectRetentionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectRetentionOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetObjectRetentionRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetObjectTagging = "GetObjectTagging" |
| |
| // GetObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetObjectTagging operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetObjectTagging for more information on using the GetObjectTagging |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetObjectTaggingRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetObjectTaggingRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingRequest(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTaggingOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetObjectTagging, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetObjectTaggingInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetObjectTaggingOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns the tag-set of an object. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetObjectTagging for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectTagging(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetObjectTaggingRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as GetObjectTagging with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetObjectTaggingRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetObjectTorrent = "GetObjectTorrent" |
| |
| // GetObjectTorrentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetObjectTorrent operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetObjectTorrent for more information on using the GetObjectTorrent |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetObjectTorrentRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetObjectTorrentRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentRequest(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTorrentOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetObjectTorrent, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?torrent", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetObjectTorrentInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetObjectTorrentOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetObjectTorrent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Return torrent files from a bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetObjectTorrent for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrent(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetObjectTorrentRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetObjectTorrentWithContext is the same as GetObjectTorrent with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetObjectTorrent for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTorrentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetObjectTorrentRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opGetPublicAccessBlock = "GetPublicAccessBlock" |
| |
| // GetPublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the GetPublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See GetPublicAccessBlock for more information on using the GetPublicAccessBlock |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the GetPublicAccessBlockRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetPublicAccessBlock |
| func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opGetPublicAccessBlock, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?publicAccessBlock", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &GetPublicAccessBlockInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &GetPublicAccessBlockOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // GetPublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation GetPublicAccessBlock for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetPublicAccessBlock |
| func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlock(input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) (*GetPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // GetPublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as GetPublicAccessBlock with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See GetPublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opHeadBucket = "HeadBucket" |
| |
| // HeadBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the HeadBucket operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See HeadBucket for more information on using the HeadBucket |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the HeadBucketRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.HeadBucketRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket |
| func (c *S3) HeadBucketRequest(input *HeadBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadBucketOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opHeadBucket, |
| HTTPMethod: "HEAD", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &HeadBucketInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &HeadBucketOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // HeadBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // This operation is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission |
| // to access it. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation HeadBucket for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket" |
| // The specified bucket does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket |
| func (c *S3) HeadBucket(input *HeadBucketInput) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.HeadBucketRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // HeadBucketWithContext is the same as HeadBucket with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See HeadBucket for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) HeadBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.HeadBucketRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opHeadObject = "HeadObject" |
| |
| // HeadObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the HeadObject operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See HeadObject for more information on using the HeadObject |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the HeadObjectRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.HeadObjectRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject |
| func (c *S3) HeadObjectRequest(input *HeadObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadObjectOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opHeadObject, |
| HTTPMethod: "HEAD", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &HeadObjectInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &HeadObjectOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // HeadObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the |
| // object itself. This operation is useful if you're only interested in an object's |
| // metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object. |
| // |
| // See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#RESTErrorResponses |
| // for more information on returned errors. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation HeadObject for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject |
| func (c *S3) HeadObject(input *HeadObjectInput) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.HeadObjectRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // HeadObjectWithContext is the same as HeadObject with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See HeadObject for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) HeadObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.HeadObjectRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations = "ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations" |
| |
| // ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations |
| func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations |
| func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opListBucketInventoryConfigurations = "ListBucketInventoryConfigurations" |
| |
| // ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations |
| func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opListBucketInventoryConfigurations, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // ListBucketInventoryConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations |
| func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurations(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketInventoryConfigurations with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opListBucketMetricsConfigurations = "ListBucketMetricsConfigurations" |
| |
| // ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations |
| func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opListBucketMetricsConfigurations, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // ListBucketMetricsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations |
| func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurations(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketMetricsConfigurations with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opListBuckets = "ListBuckets" |
| |
| // ListBucketsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the ListBuckets operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See ListBuckets for more information on using the ListBuckets |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the ListBucketsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.ListBucketsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets |
| func (c *S3) ListBucketsRequest(input *ListBucketsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opListBuckets, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &ListBucketsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &ListBucketsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // ListBuckets API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation ListBuckets for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets |
| func (c *S3) ListBuckets(input *ListBucketsInput) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListBucketsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ListBucketsWithContext is the same as ListBuckets with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See ListBuckets for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) ListBucketsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListBucketsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opListMultipartUploads = "ListMultipartUploads" |
| |
| // ListMultipartUploadsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the ListMultipartUploads operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See ListMultipartUploads for more information on using the ListMultipartUploads |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the ListMultipartUploadsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads |
| func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opListMultipartUploads, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?uploads", |
| Paginator: &request.Paginator{ |
| InputTokens: []string{"KeyMarker", "UploadIdMarker"}, |
| OutputTokens: []string{"NextKeyMarker", "NextUploadIdMarker"}, |
| LimitToken: "MaxUploads", |
| TruncationToken: "IsTruncated", |
| }, |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &ListMultipartUploadsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &ListMultipartUploadsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // ListMultipartUploads API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation ListMultipartUploads for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads |
| func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploads(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ListMultipartUploadsWithContext is the same as ListMultipartUploads with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See ListMultipartUploads for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ListMultipartUploadsPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation, |
| // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop |
| // iterating, return false from the fn function. |
| // |
| // See ListMultipartUploads method for more information on how to use this operation. |
| // |
| // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. |
| // |
| // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation. |
| // pageNum := 0 |
| // err := client.ListMultipartUploadsPages(params, |
| // func(page *ListMultipartUploadsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { |
| // pageNum++ |
| // fmt.Println(page) |
| // return pageNum <= 3 |
| // }) |
| // |
| func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPages(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool) error { |
| return c.ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) |
| } |
| |
| // ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext same as ListMultipartUploadsPages except |
| // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { |
| p := request.Pagination{ |
| NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { |
| var inCpy *ListMultipartUploadsInput |
| if input != nil { |
| tmp := *input |
| inCpy = &tmp |
| } |
| req, _ := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(inCpy) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return req, nil |
| }, |
| } |
| |
| cont := true |
| for p.Next() && cont { |
| cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) |
| } |
| return p.Err() |
| } |
| |
| const opListObjectVersions = "ListObjectVersions" |
| |
| // ListObjectVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the ListObjectVersions operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See ListObjectVersions for more information on using the ListObjectVersions |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the ListObjectVersionsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.ListObjectVersionsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions |
| func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsRequest(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectVersionsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opListObjectVersions, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versions", |
| Paginator: &request.Paginator{ |
| InputTokens: []string{"KeyMarker", "VersionIdMarker"}, |
| OutputTokens: []string{"NextKeyMarker", "NextVersionIdMarker"}, |
| LimitToken: "MaxKeys", |
| TruncationToken: "IsTruncated", |
| }, |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &ListObjectVersionsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &ListObjectVersionsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // ListObjectVersions API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns metadata about all of the versions of objects in a bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation ListObjectVersions for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions |
| func (c *S3) ListObjectVersions(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ListObjectVersionsWithContext is the same as ListObjectVersions with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See ListObjectVersions for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ListObjectVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectVersions operation, |
| // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop |
| // iterating, return false from the fn function. |
| // |
| // See ListObjectVersions method for more information on how to use this operation. |
| // |
| // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. |
| // |
| // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectVersions operation. |
| // pageNum := 0 |
| // err := client.ListObjectVersionsPages(params, |
| // func(page *ListObjectVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { |
| // pageNum++ |
| // fmt.Println(page) |
| // return pageNum <= 3 |
| // }) |
| // |
| func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPages(input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error { |
| return c.ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) |
| } |
| |
| // ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectVersionsPages except |
| // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { |
| p := request.Pagination{ |
| NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { |
| var inCpy *ListObjectVersionsInput |
| if input != nil { |
| tmp := *input |
| inCpy = &tmp |
| } |
| req, _ := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(inCpy) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return req, nil |
| }, |
| } |
| |
| cont := true |
| for p.Next() && cont { |
| cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) |
| } |
| return p.Err() |
| } |
| |
| const opListObjects = "ListObjects" |
| |
| // ListObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the ListObjects operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See ListObjects for more information on using the ListObjects |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the ListObjectsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.ListObjectsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects |
| func (c *S3) ListObjectsRequest(input *ListObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opListObjects, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}", |
| Paginator: &request.Paginator{ |
| InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, |
| OutputTokens: []string{"NextMarker || Contents[-1].Key"}, |
| LimitToken: "MaxKeys", |
| TruncationToken: "IsTruncated", |
| }, |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &ListObjectsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &ListObjectsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // ListObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns some or all (up to 1000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use |
| // the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects |
| // in a bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation ListObjects for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket" |
| // The specified bucket does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects |
| func (c *S3) ListObjects(input *ListObjectsInput) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListObjectsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ListObjectsWithContext is the same as ListObjects with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See ListObjects for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) ListObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListObjectsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ListObjectsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjects operation, |
| // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop |
| // iterating, return false from the fn function. |
| // |
| // See ListObjects method for more information on how to use this operation. |
| // |
| // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. |
| // |
| // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjects operation. |
| // pageNum := 0 |
| // err := client.ListObjectsPages(params, |
| // func(page *ListObjectsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { |
| // pageNum++ |
| // fmt.Println(page) |
| // return pageNum <= 3 |
| // }) |
| // |
| func (c *S3) ListObjectsPages(input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool) error { |
| return c.ListObjectsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) |
| } |
| |
| // ListObjectsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectsPages except |
| // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) ListObjectsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { |
| p := request.Pagination{ |
| NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { |
| var inCpy *ListObjectsInput |
| if input != nil { |
| tmp := *input |
| inCpy = &tmp |
| } |
| req, _ := c.ListObjectsRequest(inCpy) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return req, nil |
| }, |
| } |
| |
| cont := true |
| for p.Next() && cont { |
| cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) |
| } |
| return p.Err() |
| } |
| |
| const opListObjectsV2 = "ListObjectsV2" |
| |
| // ListObjectsV2Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the ListObjectsV2 operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See ListObjectsV2 for more information on using the ListObjectsV2 |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the ListObjectsV2Request method. |
| // req, resp := client.ListObjectsV2Request(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2 |
| func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Request(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsV2Output) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opListObjectsV2, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?list-type=2", |
| Paginator: &request.Paginator{ |
| InputTokens: []string{"ContinuationToken"}, |
| OutputTokens: []string{"NextContinuationToken"}, |
| LimitToken: "MaxKeys", |
| TruncationToken: "", |
| }, |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &ListObjectsV2Input{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &ListObjectsV2Output{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // ListObjectsV2 API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Returns some or all (up to 1000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use |
| // the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects |
| // in a bucket. Note: ListObjectsV2 is the revised List Objects API and we recommend |
| // you use this revised API for new application development. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation ListObjectsV2 for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket" |
| // The specified bucket does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2 |
| func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListObjectsV2Request(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ListObjectsV2WithContext is the same as ListObjectsV2 with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See ListObjectsV2 for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListObjectsV2Request(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ListObjectsV2Pages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation, |
| // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop |
| // iterating, return false from the fn function. |
| // |
| // See ListObjectsV2 method for more information on how to use this operation. |
| // |
| // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. |
| // |
| // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation. |
| // pageNum := 0 |
| // err := client.ListObjectsV2Pages(params, |
| // func(page *ListObjectsV2Output, lastPage bool) bool { |
| // pageNum++ |
| // fmt.Println(page) |
| // return pageNum <= 3 |
| // }) |
| // |
| func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Pages(input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool) error { |
| return c.ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) |
| } |
| |
| // ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext same as ListObjectsV2Pages except |
| // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { |
| p := request.Pagination{ |
| NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { |
| var inCpy *ListObjectsV2Input |
| if input != nil { |
| tmp := *input |
| inCpy = &tmp |
| } |
| req, _ := c.ListObjectsV2Request(inCpy) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return req, nil |
| }, |
| } |
| |
| cont := true |
| for p.Next() && cont { |
| cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsV2Output), !p.HasNextPage()) |
| } |
| return p.Err() |
| } |
| |
| const opListParts = "ListParts" |
| |
| // ListPartsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the ListParts operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See ListParts for more information on using the ListParts |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the ListPartsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.ListPartsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts |
| func (c *S3) ListPartsRequest(input *ListPartsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPartsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opListParts, |
| HTTPMethod: "GET", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", |
| Paginator: &request.Paginator{ |
| InputTokens: []string{"PartNumberMarker"}, |
| OutputTokens: []string{"NextPartNumberMarker"}, |
| LimitToken: "MaxParts", |
| TruncationToken: "IsTruncated", |
| }, |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &ListPartsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &ListPartsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // ListParts API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation ListParts for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts |
| func (c *S3) ListParts(input *ListPartsInput) (*ListPartsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ListPartsWithContext is the same as ListParts with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See ListParts for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) ListPartsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPartsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // ListPartsPages iterates over the pages of a ListParts operation, |
| // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop |
| // iterating, return false from the fn function. |
| // |
| // See ListParts method for more information on how to use this operation. |
| // |
| // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. |
| // |
| // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListParts operation. |
| // pageNum := 0 |
| // err := client.ListPartsPages(params, |
| // func(page *ListPartsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { |
| // pageNum++ |
| // fmt.Println(page) |
| // return pageNum <= 3 |
| // }) |
| // |
| func (c *S3) ListPartsPages(input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool) error { |
| return c.ListPartsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) |
| } |
| |
| // ListPartsPagesWithContext same as ListPartsPages except |
| // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) ListPartsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { |
| p := request.Pagination{ |
| NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { |
| var inCpy *ListPartsInput |
| if input != nil { |
| tmp := *input |
| inCpy = &tmp |
| } |
| req, _ := c.ListPartsRequest(inCpy) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return req, nil |
| }, |
| } |
| |
| cont := true |
| for p.Next() && cont { |
| cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListPartsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) |
| } |
| return p.Err() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration" |
| |
| // PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketAccelerateConfiguration, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?accelerate", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketAcl = "PutBucketAcl" |
| |
| // PutBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketAcl operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketAcl for more information on using the PutBucketAcl |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAclRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketAclRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketAclRequest(input *PutBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAclOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketAcl, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?acl", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketAclInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketAclOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Sets the permissions on a bucket using access control lists (ACL). |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketAcl for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketAcl(input *PutBucketAclInput) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketAclRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketAclWithContext is the same as PutBucketAcl with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketAclRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration" |
| |
| // PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics |
| // configuration ID). |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketCors = "PutBucketCors" |
| |
| // PutBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketCors operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketCors for more information on using the PutBucketCors |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketCorsRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketCorsRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsRequest(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketCorsOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketCors, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketCorsInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketCorsOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Sets the CORS configuration for a bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketCors for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketCors(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketCorsRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketCorsWithContext is the same as PutBucketCors with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketCorsRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketEncryption = "PutBucketEncryption" |
| |
| // PutBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketEncryption for more information on using the PutBucketEncryption |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketEncryptionRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketEncryption |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input *PutBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketEncryptionOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketEncryption, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?encryption", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketEncryptionInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketEncryptionOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Creates a new server-side encryption configuration (or replaces an existing |
| // one, if present). |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketEncryption for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketEncryption |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryption(input *PutBucketEncryptionInput) (*PutBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as PutBucketEncryption with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketInventoryConfiguration = "PutBucketInventoryConfiguration" |
| |
| // PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketInventoryConfiguration, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the |
| // bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketLifecycle = "PutBucketLifecycle" |
| |
| // PutBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketLifecycle for more information on using the PutBucketLifecycle |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle |
| // |
| // Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycle has been deprecated |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleOutput) { |
| if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil { |
| c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, PutBucketLifecycle, has been deprecated") |
| } |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketLifecycle, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketLifecycleInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketLifecycleOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // No longer used, see the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle |
| // |
| // Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycle has been deprecated |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycle(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycle with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| // |
| // Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycleWithContext has been deprecated |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration" |
| |
| // PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Sets lifecycle configuration for your bucket. If a lifecycle configuration |
| // exists, it replaces it. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketLogging = "PutBucketLogging" |
| |
| // PutBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketLogging operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketLogging for more information on using the PutBucketLogging |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLoggingRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketLoggingRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingRequest(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLoggingOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketLogging, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?logging", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketLoggingInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketLoggingOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who |
| // can view and modify the logging parameters. To set the logging status of |
| // a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketLogging for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketLogging(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketLoggingRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketLogging with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketLoggingRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketMetricsConfiguration = "PutBucketMetricsConfiguration" |
| |
| // PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketMetricsConfiguration, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) |
| // for the bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketNotification = "PutBucketNotification" |
| |
| // PutBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketNotification operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketNotification for more information on using the PutBucketNotification |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification |
| // |
| // Deprecated: PutBucketNotification has been deprecated |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationOutput) { |
| if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil { |
| c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, PutBucketNotification, has been deprecated") |
| } |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketNotification, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketNotificationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketNotificationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // No longer used, see the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketNotification for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification |
| // |
| // Deprecated: PutBucketNotification has been deprecated |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketNotification(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotification with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| // |
| // Deprecated: PutBucketNotificationWithContext has been deprecated |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketNotificationConfiguration = "PutBucketNotificationConfiguration" |
| |
| // PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketNotificationConfiguration, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketPolicy = "PutBucketPolicy" |
| |
| // PutBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketPolicy for more information on using the PutBucketPolicy |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketPolicyRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketPolicyRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyRequest(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketPolicyOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketPolicy, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketPolicyInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketPolicyOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Replaces a policy on a bucket. If the bucket already has a policy, the one |
| // in this request completely replaces it. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketPolicy for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicy(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketPolicyRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as PutBucketPolicy with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketPolicyRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketReplication = "PutBucketReplication" |
| |
| // PutBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketReplication operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketReplication for more information on using the PutBucketReplication |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketReplicationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketReplicationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationRequest(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketReplicationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketReplication, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketReplicationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketReplicationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more |
| // information, see Cross-Region Replication (CRR) ( https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/crr.html) |
| // in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketReplication for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketReplication(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketReplicationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as PutBucketReplication with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketReplicationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketRequestPayment = "PutBucketRequestPayment" |
| |
| // PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketRequestPayment for more information on using the PutBucketRequestPayment |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketRequestPayment, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?requestPayment", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketRequestPaymentInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket |
| // owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables |
| // the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download |
| // will be charged for the download. Documentation on requester pays buckets |
| // can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPayment(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as PutBucketRequestPayment with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketTagging = "PutBucketTagging" |
| |
| // PutBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketTagging operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketTagging for more information on using the PutBucketTagging |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketTaggingRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketTaggingRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingRequest(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketTaggingOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketTagging, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketTaggingInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketTaggingOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Sets the tags for a bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketTagging for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketTagging(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketTaggingRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketTagging with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketTaggingRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketVersioning = "PutBucketVersioning" |
| |
| // PutBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketVersioning for more information on using the PutBucketVersioning |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketVersioningRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketVersioningRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningRequest(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketVersioningOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketVersioning, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versioning", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketVersioningInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketVersioningOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. To set the versioning state, |
| // you must be the bucket owner. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketVersioning for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioning(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketVersioningRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as PutBucketVersioning with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketVersioningRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutBucketWebsite = "PutBucketWebsite" |
| |
| // PutBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketWebsite for more information on using the PutBucketWebsite |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketWebsiteRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketWebsiteOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutBucketWebsite, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutBucketWebsiteInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutBucketWebsiteOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Set the website configuration for a bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutBucketWebsite for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsite(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as PutBucketWebsite with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutObject = "PutObject" |
| |
| // PutObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutObject operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutObject for more information on using the PutObject |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutObjectRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutObjectRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject |
| func (c *S3) PutObjectRequest(input *PutObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutObject, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutObjectInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutObjectOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Adds an object to a bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutObject for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject |
| func (c *S3) PutObject(input *PutObjectInput) (*PutObjectOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutObjectWithContext is the same as PutObject with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutObject for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutObjectAcl = "PutObjectAcl" |
| |
| // PutObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutObjectAcl operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutObjectAcl for more information on using the PutObjectAcl |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutObjectAclRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutObjectAclRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl |
| func (c *S3) PutObjectAclRequest(input *PutObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectAclOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutObjectAcl, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?acl", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutObjectAclInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutObjectAclOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions |
| // for an object that already exists in a bucket |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutObjectAcl for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey" |
| // The specified key does not exist. |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl |
| func (c *S3) PutObjectAcl(input *PutObjectAclInput) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutObjectAclRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutObjectAclWithContext is the same as PutObjectAcl with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutObjectAclRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutObjectLegalHold = "PutObjectLegalHold" |
| |
| // PutObjectLegalHoldRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutObjectLegalHold operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutObjectLegalHold for more information on using the PutObjectLegalHold |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutObjectLegalHoldRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLegalHold |
| func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutObjectLegalHold, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?legal-hold", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutObjectLegalHoldInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutObjectLegalHoldOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutObjectLegalHold API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Applies a Legal Hold configuration to the specified object. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutObjectLegalHold for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLegalHold |
| func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHold(input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) (*PutObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutObjectLegalHoldWithContext is the same as PutObjectLegalHold with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutObjectLegalHold for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHoldWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutObjectLockConfiguration = "PutObjectLockConfiguration" |
| |
| // PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutObjectLockConfiguration operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutObjectLockConfiguration for more information on using the PutObjectLockConfiguration |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLockConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutObjectLockConfiguration, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?object-lock", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutObjectLockConfigurationInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutObjectLockConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Places an Object Lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified |
| // in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new |
| // object placed in the specified bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutObjectLockConfiguration for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLockConfiguration |
| func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfiguration(input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) (*PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutObjectLockConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutObjectLockConfiguration with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutObjectLockConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutObjectRetention = "PutObjectRetention" |
| |
| // PutObjectRetentionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutObjectRetention operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutObjectRetention for more information on using the PutObjectRetention |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutObjectRetentionRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutObjectRetentionRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectRetention |
| func (c *S3) PutObjectRetentionRequest(input *PutObjectRetentionInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectRetentionOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutObjectRetention, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?retention", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutObjectRetentionInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutObjectRetentionOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutObjectRetention API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Places an Object Retention configuration on an object. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutObjectRetention for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectRetention |
| func (c *S3) PutObjectRetention(input *PutObjectRetentionInput) (*PutObjectRetentionOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutObjectRetentionRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutObjectRetentionWithContext is the same as PutObjectRetention with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutObjectRetention for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutObjectRetentionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectRetentionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectRetentionOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutObjectRetentionRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutObjectTagging = "PutObjectTagging" |
| |
| // PutObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutObjectTagging operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutObjectTagging for more information on using the PutObjectTagging |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutObjectTaggingRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutObjectTaggingRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging |
| func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingRequest(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectTaggingOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutObjectTagging, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutObjectTaggingInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutObjectTaggingOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutObjectTagging for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging |
| func (c *S3) PutObjectTagging(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutObjectTaggingRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as PutObjectTagging with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutObjectTaggingRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opPutPublicAccessBlock = "PutPublicAccessBlock" |
| |
| // PutPublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the PutPublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See PutPublicAccessBlock for more information on using the PutPublicAccessBlock |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the PutPublicAccessBlockRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutPublicAccessBlock |
| func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opPutPublicAccessBlock, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?publicAccessBlock", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &PutPublicAccessBlockInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &PutPublicAccessBlockOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // PutPublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 |
| // bucket. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation PutPublicAccessBlock for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutPublicAccessBlock |
| func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlock(input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) (*PutPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // PutPublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as PutPublicAccessBlock with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See PutPublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opRestoreObject = "RestoreObject" |
| |
| // RestoreObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the RestoreObject operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See RestoreObject for more information on using the RestoreObject |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the RestoreObjectRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.RestoreObjectRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject |
| func (c *S3) RestoreObjectRequest(input *RestoreObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreObjectOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opRestoreObject, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?restore", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &RestoreObjectInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &RestoreObjectOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // RestoreObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation RestoreObject for usage and error information. |
| // |
| // Returned Error Codes: |
| // * ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError "ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError" |
| // This operation is not allowed against this storage tier |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject |
| func (c *S3) RestoreObject(input *RestoreObjectInput) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.RestoreObjectRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // RestoreObjectWithContext is the same as RestoreObject with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See RestoreObject for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) RestoreObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.RestoreObjectRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opSelectObjectContent = "SelectObjectContent" |
| |
| // SelectObjectContentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the SelectObjectContent operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See SelectObjectContent for more information on using the SelectObjectContent |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the SelectObjectContentRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.SelectObjectContentRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/SelectObjectContent |
| func (c *S3) SelectObjectContentRequest(input *SelectObjectContentInput) (req *request.Request, output *SelectObjectContentOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opSelectObjectContent, |
| HTTPMethod: "POST", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?select&select-type=2", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &SelectObjectContentInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &SelectObjectContentOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| req.Handlers.Send.Swap(client.LogHTTPResponseHandler.Name, client.LogHTTPResponseHeaderHandler) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, rest.UnmarshalHandler) |
| req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(output.runEventStreamLoop) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // SelectObjectContent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // This operation filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple |
| // Structured Query Language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the |
| // SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON or |
| // CSV) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this to parse object data into records, |
| // and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must |
| // also specify the data serialization format for the response. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation SelectObjectContent for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/SelectObjectContent |
| func (c *S3) SelectObjectContent(input *SelectObjectContentInput) (*SelectObjectContentOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.SelectObjectContentRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // SelectObjectContentWithContext is the same as SelectObjectContent with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See SelectObjectContent for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) SelectObjectContentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SelectObjectContentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SelectObjectContentOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.SelectObjectContentRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opUploadPart = "UploadPart" |
| |
| // UploadPartRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the UploadPart operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See UploadPart for more information on using the UploadPart |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the UploadPartRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.UploadPartRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart |
| func (c *S3) UploadPartRequest(input *UploadPartInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opUploadPart, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &UploadPartInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &UploadPartOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // UploadPart API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Uploads a part in a multipart upload. |
| // |
| // Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you |
| // must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged |
| // for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort |
| // multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging |
| // you for the parts storage. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation UploadPart for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart |
| func (c *S3) UploadPart(input *UploadPartInput) (*UploadPartOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.UploadPartRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // UploadPartWithContext is the same as UploadPart with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See UploadPart for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) UploadPartWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.UploadPartRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| const opUploadPartCopy = "UploadPartCopy" |
| |
| // UploadPartCopyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the |
| // client's request for the UploadPartCopy operation. The "output" return |
| // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes |
| // successfully. |
| // |
| // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. |
| // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. |
| // |
| // See UploadPartCopy for more information on using the UploadPartCopy |
| // API call, and error handling. |
| // |
| // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration |
| // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. |
| // |
| // |
| // // Example sending a request using the UploadPartCopyRequest method. |
| // req, resp := client.UploadPartCopyRequest(params) |
| // |
| // err := req.Send() |
| // if err == nil { // resp is now filled |
| // fmt.Println(resp) |
| // } |
| // |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy |
| func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyRequest(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartCopyOutput) { |
| op := &request.Operation{ |
| Name: opUploadPartCopy, |
| HTTPMethod: "PUT", |
| HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", |
| } |
| |
| if input == nil { |
| input = &UploadPartCopyInput{} |
| } |
| |
| output = &UploadPartCopyOutput{} |
| req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| // UploadPartCopy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. |
| // |
| // Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. |
| // |
| // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions |
| // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about |
| // the error. |
| // |
| // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's |
| // API operation UploadPartCopy for usage and error information. |
| // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy |
| func (c *S3) UploadPartCopy(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.UploadPartCopyRequest(input) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // UploadPartCopyWithContext is the same as UploadPartCopy with the addition of |
| // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. |
| // |
| // See UploadPartCopy for details on how to use this API operation. |
| // |
| // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If |
| // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create |
| // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ |
| // for more information on using Contexts. |
| func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartCopyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) { |
| req, out := c.UploadPartCopyRequest(input) |
| req.SetContext(ctx) |
| req.ApplyOptions(opts...) |
| return out, req.Send() |
| } |
| |
| // Specifies the days since the initiation of an Incomplete Multipart Upload |
| // that Lifecycle will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. |
| type AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Indicates the number of days that must pass since initiation for Lifecycle |
| // to abort an Incomplete Multipart Upload. |
| DaysAfterInitiation *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetDaysAfterInitiation sets the DaysAfterInitiation field's value. |
| func (s *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) SetDaysAfterInitiation(v int64) *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload { |
| s.DaysAfterInitiation = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type AbortMultipartUploadInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // UploadId is a required field |
| UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AbortMultipartUploadInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.UploadId == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. |
| func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.UploadId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type AbortMultipartUploadOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type AccelerateConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The accelerate configuration of the bucket. |
| Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AccelerateConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AccelerateConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. |
| func (s *AccelerateConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *AccelerateConfiguration { |
| s.Status = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type AccessControlPolicy struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A list of grants. |
| Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` |
| |
| Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AccessControlPolicy) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AccessControlPolicy) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *AccessControlPolicy) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AccessControlPolicy"} |
| if s.Grants != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.Grants { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Grants", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrants sets the Grants field's value. |
| func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *AccessControlPolicy { |
| s.Grants = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. |
| func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetOwner(v *Owner) *AccessControlPolicy { |
| s.Owner = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // A container for information about access control for replicas. |
| type AccessControlTranslation struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The override value for the owner of the replica object. |
| // |
| // Owner is a required field |
| Owner *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"OwnerOverride"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AccessControlTranslation) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AccessControlTranslation) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *AccessControlTranslation) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AccessControlTranslation"} |
| if s.Owner == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Owner")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. |
| func (s *AccessControlTranslation) SetOwner(v string) *AccessControlTranslation { |
| s.Owner = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type AnalyticsAndOperator struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The prefix to use when evaluating an AND predicate. |
| Prefix *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The list of tags to use when evaluating an AND predicate. |
| Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsAndOperator"} |
| if s.Tags != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.Tags { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsAndOperator { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. |
| func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AnalyticsAndOperator { |
| s.Tags = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type AnalyticsConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must |
| // have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator). |
| // If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis. |
| Filter *AnalyticsFilter `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration. |
| // |
| // Id is a required field |
| Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // If present, it indicates that data related to access patterns will be collected |
| // and made available to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes. |
| // |
| // StorageClassAnalysis is a required field |
| StorageClassAnalysis *StorageClassAnalysis `type:"structure" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsConfiguration"} |
| if s.Id == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) |
| } |
| if s.StorageClassAnalysis == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StorageClassAnalysis")) |
| } |
| if s.Filter != nil { |
| if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.StorageClassAnalysis != nil { |
| if err := s.StorageClassAnalysis.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("StorageClassAnalysis", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. |
| func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *AnalyticsFilter) *AnalyticsConfiguration { |
| s.Filter = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *AnalyticsConfiguration { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStorageClassAnalysis sets the StorageClassAnalysis field's value. |
| func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetStorageClassAnalysis(v *StorageClassAnalysis) *AnalyticsConfiguration { |
| s.StorageClassAnalysis = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type AnalyticsExportDestination struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A destination signifying output to an S3 bucket. |
| // |
| // S3BucketDestination is a required field |
| S3BucketDestination *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsExportDestination"} |
| if s.S3BucketDestination == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketDestination")) |
| } |
| if s.S3BucketDestination != nil { |
| if err := s.S3BucketDestination.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("S3BucketDestination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value. |
| func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) *AnalyticsExportDestination { |
| s.S3BucketDestination = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type AnalyticsFilter struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating an |
| // analytics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates. |
| And *AnalyticsAndOperator `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The prefix to use when evaluating an analytics filter. |
| Prefix *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The tag to use when evaluating an analytics filter. |
| Tag *Tag `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AnalyticsFilter) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AnalyticsFilter) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *AnalyticsFilter) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsFilter"} |
| if s.And != nil { |
| if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.Tag != nil { |
| if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAnd sets the And field's value. |
| func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetAnd(v *AnalyticsAndOperator) *AnalyticsFilter { |
| s.And = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsFilter { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTag sets the Tag field's value. |
| func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *AnalyticsFilter { |
| s.Tag = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type AnalyticsS3BucketDestination struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the bucket to which data is exported. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The account ID that owns the destination bucket. If no account ID is provided, |
| // the owner will not be validated prior to exporting data. |
| BucketAccountId *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The file format used when exporting data to Amazon S3. |
| // |
| // Format is a required field |
| Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat"` |
| |
| // The prefix to use when exporting data. The exported data begins with this |
| // prefix. |
| Prefix *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsS3BucketDestination"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Format == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucketAccountId sets the BucketAccountId field's value. |
| func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucketAccountId(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination { |
| s.BucketAccountId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetFormat sets the Format field's value. |
| func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination { |
| s.Format = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type Bucket struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Date the bucket was created. |
| CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // The name of the bucket. |
| Name *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Bucket) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Bucket) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value. |
| func (s *Bucket) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *Bucket { |
| s.CreationDate = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetName sets the Name field's value. |
| func (s *Bucket) SetName(v string) *Bucket { |
| s.Name = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type BucketLifecycleConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Rules is a required field |
| Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BucketLifecycleConfiguration"} |
| if s.Rules == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules")) |
| } |
| if s.Rules != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.Rules { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetRules sets the Rules field's value. |
| func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *BucketLifecycleConfiguration { |
| s.Rules = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type BucketLoggingStatus struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Container for logging information. Presence of this element indicates that |
| // logging is enabled. Parameters TargetBucket and TargetPrefix are required |
| // in this case. |
| LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s BucketLoggingStatus) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s BucketLoggingStatus) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BucketLoggingStatus"} |
| if s.LoggingEnabled != nil { |
| if err := s.LoggingEnabled.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("LoggingEnabled", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value. |
| func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *BucketLoggingStatus { |
| s.LoggingEnabled = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CORSConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // CORSRules is a required field |
| CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CORSConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CORSConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *CORSConfiguration) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CORSConfiguration"} |
| if s.CORSRules == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CORSRules")) |
| } |
| if s.CORSRules != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.CORSRules { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CORSRules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value. |
| func (s *CORSConfiguration) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *CORSConfiguration { |
| s.CORSRules = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CORSRule struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies which headers are allowed in a pre-flight OPTIONS request. |
| AllowedHeaders []*string `locationName:"AllowedHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| // Identifies HTTP methods that the domain/origin specified in the rule is allowed |
| // to execute. |
| // |
| // AllowedMethods is a required field |
| AllowedMethods []*string `locationName:"AllowedMethod" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` |
| |
| // One or more origins you want customers to be able to access the bucket from. |
| // |
| // AllowedOrigins is a required field |
| AllowedOrigins []*string `locationName:"AllowedOrigin" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` |
| |
| // One or more headers in the response that you want customers to be able to |
| // access from their applications (for example, from a JavaScript XMLHttpRequest |
| // object). |
| ExposeHeaders []*string `locationName:"ExposeHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| // The time in seconds that your browser is to cache the preflight response |
| // for the specified resource. |
| MaxAgeSeconds *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CORSRule) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CORSRule) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *CORSRule) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CORSRule"} |
| if s.AllowedMethods == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllowedMethods")) |
| } |
| if s.AllowedOrigins == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllowedOrigins")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAllowedHeaders sets the AllowedHeaders field's value. |
| func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule { |
| s.AllowedHeaders = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetAllowedMethods sets the AllowedMethods field's value. |
| func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedMethods(v []*string) *CORSRule { |
| s.AllowedMethods = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetAllowedOrigins sets the AllowedOrigins field's value. |
| func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedOrigins(v []*string) *CORSRule { |
| s.AllowedOrigins = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetExposeHeaders sets the ExposeHeaders field's value. |
| func (s *CORSRule) SetExposeHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule { |
| s.ExposeHeaders = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMaxAgeSeconds sets the MaxAgeSeconds field's value. |
| func (s *CORSRule) SetMaxAgeSeconds(v int64) *CORSRule { |
| s.MaxAgeSeconds = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Describes how a CSV-formatted input object is formatted. |
| type CSVInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies that CSV field values may contain quoted record delimiters and |
| // such records should be allowed. Default value is FALSE. Setting this value |
| // to TRUE may lower performance. |
| AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // The single character used to indicate a row should be ignored when present |
| // at the start of a row. |
| Comments *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The value used to separate individual fields in a record. |
| FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Describes the first line of input. Valid values: None, Ignore, Use. |
| FileHeaderInfo *string `type:"string" enum:"FileHeaderInfo"` |
| |
| // Value used for escaping where the field delimiter is part of the value. |
| QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already |
| // escaped value. |
| QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The value used to separate individual records. |
| RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CSVInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CSVInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetAllowQuotedRecordDelimiter sets the AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter field's value. |
| func (s *CSVInput) SetAllowQuotedRecordDelimiter(v bool) *CSVInput { |
| s.AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetComments sets the Comments field's value. |
| func (s *CSVInput) SetComments(v string) *CSVInput { |
| s.Comments = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetFieldDelimiter sets the FieldDelimiter field's value. |
| func (s *CSVInput) SetFieldDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput { |
| s.FieldDelimiter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetFileHeaderInfo sets the FileHeaderInfo field's value. |
| func (s *CSVInput) SetFileHeaderInfo(v string) *CSVInput { |
| s.FileHeaderInfo = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetQuoteCharacter sets the QuoteCharacter field's value. |
| func (s *CSVInput) SetQuoteCharacter(v string) *CSVInput { |
| s.QuoteCharacter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetQuoteEscapeCharacter sets the QuoteEscapeCharacter field's value. |
| func (s *CSVInput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter(v string) *CSVInput { |
| s.QuoteEscapeCharacter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value. |
| func (s *CSVInput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput { |
| s.RecordDelimiter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Describes how CSV-formatted results are formatted. |
| type CSVOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The value used to separate individual fields in a record. |
| FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The value used for escaping where the field delimiter is part of the value. |
| QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Th single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already |
| // escaped value. |
| QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Indicates whether or not all output fields should be quoted. |
| QuoteFields *string `type:"string" enum:"QuoteFields"` |
| |
| // The value used to separate individual records. |
| RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CSVOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CSVOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetFieldDelimiter sets the FieldDelimiter field's value. |
| func (s *CSVOutput) SetFieldDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput { |
| s.FieldDelimiter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetQuoteCharacter sets the QuoteCharacter field's value. |
| func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteCharacter(v string) *CSVOutput { |
| s.QuoteCharacter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetQuoteEscapeCharacter sets the QuoteEscapeCharacter field's value. |
| func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter(v string) *CSVOutput { |
| s.QuoteEscapeCharacter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetQuoteFields sets the QuoteFields field's value. |
| func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteFields(v string) *CSVOutput { |
| s.QuoteFields = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value. |
| func (s *CSVOutput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput { |
| s.RecordDelimiter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CloudFunctionConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| CloudFunction *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The bucket event for which to send notifications. |
| // |
| // Deprecated: Event has been deprecated |
| Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` |
| |
| Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. |
| // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. |
| Id *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| InvocationRole *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCloudFunction sets the CloudFunction field's value. |
| func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetCloudFunction(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { |
| s.CloudFunction = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetEvent sets the Event field's value. |
| func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvent(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { |
| s.Event = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetEvents sets the Events field's value. |
| func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { |
| s.Events = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetInvocationRole sets the InvocationRole field's value. |
| func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetInvocationRole(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { |
| s.InvocationRole = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CommonPrefix struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| Prefix *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CommonPrefix) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CommonPrefix) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *CommonPrefix) SetPrefix(v string) *CommonPrefix { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MultipartUpload"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| MultipartUpload *CompletedMultipartUpload `locationName:"CompleteMultipartUpload" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // UploadId is a required field |
| UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CompleteMultipartUploadInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.UploadId == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMultipartUpload sets the MultipartUpload field's value. |
| func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetMultipartUpload(v *CompletedMultipartUpload) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.MultipartUpload = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. |
| func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.UploadId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| Bucket *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Entity tag of the object. |
| ETag *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration |
| // date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded. |
| Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` |
| |
| Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` |
| |
| Location *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| |
| // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master |
| // encryption key that was used for the object. |
| SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 |
| // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). |
| ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` |
| |
| // Version of the object. |
| VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. |
| func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetETag(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.ETag = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. |
| func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.Expiration = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLocation sets the Location field's value. |
| func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.Location = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. |
| func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. |
| func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.ServerSideEncryption = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CompletedMultipartUpload struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| Parts []*CompletedPart `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetParts sets the Parts field's value. |
| func (s *CompletedMultipartUpload) SetParts(v []*CompletedPart) *CompletedMultipartUpload { |
| s.Parts = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CompletedPart struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded. |
| ETag *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Part number that identifies the part. This is a positive integer between |
| // 1 and 10,000. |
| PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CompletedPart) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CompletedPart) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. |
| func (s *CompletedPart) SetETag(v string) *CompletedPart { |
| s.ETag = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. |
| func (s *CompletedPart) SetPartNumber(v int64) *CompletedPart { |
| s.PartNumber = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type Condition struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The HTTP error code when the redirect is applied. In the event of an error, |
| // if the error code equals this value, then the specified redirect is applied. |
| // Required when parent element Condition is specified and sibling KeyPrefixEquals |
| // is not specified. If both are specified, then both must be true for the redirect |
| // to be applied. |
| HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The object key name prefix when the redirect is applied. For example, to |
| // redirect requests for ExamplePage.html, the key prefix will be ExamplePage.html. |
| // To redirect request for all pages with the prefix docs/, the key prefix will |
| // be /docs, which identifies all objects in the docs/ folder. Required when |
| // the parent element Condition is specified and sibling HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals |
| // is not specified. If both conditions are specified, both must be true for |
| // the redirect to be applied. |
| KeyPrefixEquals *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Condition) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Condition) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals sets the HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals field's value. |
| func (s *Condition) SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals(v string) *Condition { |
| s.HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKeyPrefixEquals sets the KeyPrefixEquals field's value. |
| func (s *Condition) SetKeyPrefixEquals(v string) *Condition { |
| s.KeyPrefixEquals = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ContinuationEvent struct { |
| _ struct{} `locationName:"ContinuationEvent" type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ContinuationEvent) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ContinuationEvent) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // The ContinuationEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events. |
| func (s *ContinuationEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {} |
| |
| // UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the ContinuationEvent value. |
| // This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. |
| func (s *ContinuationEvent) UnmarshalEvent( |
| payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, |
| msg eventstream.Message, |
| ) error { |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| type CopyObjectInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The canned ACL to apply to the object. |
| ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. |
| CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies presentational information for the object. |
| ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus |
| // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced |
| // by the Content-Type header field. |
| ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The language the content is in. |
| ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` |
| |
| // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. |
| ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The name of the source bucket and key name of the source object, separated |
| // by a slash (/). Must be URL-encoded. |
| // |
| // CopySource is a required field |
| CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag. |
| CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time. |
| CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified |
| // ETag. |
| CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time. |
| CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (e.g., AES256). |
| CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt |
| // the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one |
| // that was used when the source object was created. |
| CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. |
| // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption |
| // key was transmitted without error. |
| CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. |
| Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. |
| GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata. |
| GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to read the object ACL. |
| GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. |
| GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. |
| Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether the metadata is copied from the source object or replaced |
| // with metadata provided in the request. |
| MetadataDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-metadata-directive" type:"string" enum:"MetadataDirective"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether you want to apply a Legal Hold to the copied object. |
| ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` |
| |
| // The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the copied object. |
| ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` |
| |
| // The date and time when you want the copied object's Object Lock to expire. |
| ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). |
| SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting |
| // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon |
| // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with |
| // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm |
| // header. |
| SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. |
| // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption |
| // key was transmitted without error. |
| SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT |
| // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL |
| // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported |
| // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version |
| SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 |
| // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). |
| ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` |
| |
| // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'. |
| StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` |
| |
| // The tag-set for the object destination object this value must be used in |
| // conjunction with the TaggingDirective. The tag-set must be encoded as URL |
| // Query parameters |
| Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether the object tag-set are copied from the source object or |
| // replaced with tag-set provided in the request. |
| TaggingDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-directive" type:"string" enum:"TaggingDirective"` |
| |
| // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object |
| // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores |
| // the value of this header in the object metadata. |
| WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CopyObjectInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CopyObjectInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyObjectInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.CopySource == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CopySource")) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetACL sets the ACL field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.ACL = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.CacheControl = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.ContentDisposition = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.ContentEncoding = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.ContentLanguage = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.ContentType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySource(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.CopySource = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.CopySourceIfMatch = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.CopySourceIfModifiedSince = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.CopySourceIfNoneMatch = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) getCopySourceSSECustomerKey() (v string) { |
| if s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.Expires = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.GrantFullControl = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.GrantRead = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.GrantReadACP = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.GrantWriteACP = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.Metadata = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMetadataDirective sets the MetadataDirective field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadataDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.MetadataDirective = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.ObjectLockMode = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.SSECustomerKey = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { |
| if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.SSECustomerKey |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.ServerSideEncryption = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.StorageClass = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.Tagging = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTaggingDirective sets the TaggingDirective field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTaggingDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.TaggingDirective = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CopyObjectInput { |
| s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CopyObjectOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyObjectResult"` |
| |
| CopyObjectResult *CopyObjectResult `type:"structure"` |
| |
| CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If the object expiration is configured, the response includes this header. |
| Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| |
| // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, |
| // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm |
| // used. |
| SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, |
| // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity |
| // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. |
| SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master |
| // encryption key that was used for the object. |
| SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 |
| // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). |
| ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` |
| |
| // Version ID of the newly created copy. |
| VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CopyObjectOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CopyObjectOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopyObjectResult sets the CopyObjectResult field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopyObjectResult(v *CopyObjectResult) *CopyObjectOutput { |
| s.CopyObjectResult = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { |
| s.CopySourceVersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { |
| s.Expiration = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { |
| s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { |
| s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { |
| s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { |
| s.ServerSideEncryption = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CopyObjectResult struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| ETag *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CopyObjectResult) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CopyObjectResult) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyObjectResult { |
| s.ETag = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. |
| func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyObjectResult { |
| s.LastModified = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CopyPartResult struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Entity tag of the object. |
| ETag *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Date and time at which the object was uploaded. |
| LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CopyPartResult) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CopyPartResult) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. |
| func (s *CopyPartResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyPartResult { |
| s.ETag = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. |
| func (s *CopyPartResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyPartResult { |
| s.LastModified = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CreateBucketConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies the region where the bucket will be created. If you don't specify |
| // a region, the bucket is created in US East (N. Virginia) Region (us-east-1). |
| LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value. |
| func (s *CreateBucketConfiguration) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *CreateBucketConfiguration { |
| s.LocationConstraint = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CreateBucketInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CreateBucketConfiguration"` |
| |
| // The canned ACL to apply to the bucket. |
| ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| CreateBucketConfiguration *CreateBucketConfiguration `locationName:"CreateBucketConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the |
| // bucket. |
| GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket. |
| GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL. |
| GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket. |
| GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. |
| GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether you want S3 Object Lock to be enabled for the new bucket. |
| ObjectLockEnabledForBucket *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled" type:"boolean"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateBucketInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateBucketInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *CreateBucketInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateBucketInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetACL sets the ACL field's value. |
| func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateBucketInput { |
| s.ACL = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateBucketInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *CreateBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetCreateBucketConfiguration sets the CreateBucketConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetCreateBucketConfiguration(v *CreateBucketConfiguration) *CreateBucketInput { |
| s.CreateBucketConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. |
| func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateBucketInput { |
| s.GrantFullControl = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. |
| func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateBucketInput { |
| s.GrantRead = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. |
| func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput { |
| s.GrantReadACP = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value. |
| func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *CreateBucketInput { |
| s.GrantWrite = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. |
| func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput { |
| s.GrantWriteACP = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockEnabledForBucket sets the ObjectLockEnabledForBucket field's value. |
| func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetObjectLockEnabledForBucket(v bool) *CreateBucketInput { |
| s.ObjectLockEnabledForBucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CreateBucketOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateBucketOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateBucketOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetLocation sets the Location field's value. |
| func (s *CreateBucketOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CreateBucketOutput { |
| s.Location = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The canned ACL to apply to the object. |
| ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. |
| CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies presentational information for the object. |
| ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus |
| // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced |
| // by the Content-Type header field. |
| ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The language the content is in. |
| ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` |
| |
| // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. |
| ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. |
| Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. |
| GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata. |
| GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to read the object ACL. |
| GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. |
| GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. |
| Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether you want to apply a Legal Hold to the uploaded object. |
| ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` |
| |
| // Specifies the Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the uploaded object. |
| ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` |
| |
| // Specifies the date and time when you want the Object Lock to expire. |
| ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). |
| SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting |
| // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon |
| // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with |
| // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm |
| // header. |
| SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. |
| // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption |
| // key was transmitted without error. |
| SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT |
| // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL |
| // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported |
| // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version |
| SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 |
| // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). |
| ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` |
| |
| // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'. |
| StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` |
| |
| // The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters |
| Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object |
| // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores |
| // the value of this header in the object metadata. |
| WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMultipartUploadInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetACL sets the ACL field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.ACL = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.CacheControl = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.ContentDisposition = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.ContentEncoding = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.ContentLanguage = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentType(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.ContentType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.Expires = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.GrantFullControl = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.GrantRead = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.GrantReadACP = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.GrantWriteACP = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.Metadata = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.ObjectLockMode = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.SSECustomerKey = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { |
| if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.SSECustomerKey |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.ServerSideEncryption = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.StorageClass = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetTagging(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.Tagging = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { |
| s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type CreateMultipartUploadOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Date when multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation by lifecycle. |
| AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // Id of the lifecycle rule that makes a multipart upload eligible for abort |
| // operation. |
| AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. |
| Bucket *string `locationName:"Bucket" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. |
| Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| |
| // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, |
| // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm |
| // used. |
| SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, |
| // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity |
| // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. |
| SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master |
| // encryption key that was used for the object. |
| SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 |
| // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). |
| ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` |
| |
| // ID for the initiated multipart upload. |
| UploadId *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.AbortDate = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.AbortRuleId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.ServerSideEncryption = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. |
| func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { |
| s.UploadId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // The container element for specifying the default Object Lock retention settings |
| // for new objects placed in the specified bucket. |
| type DefaultRetention struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The number of days that you want to specify for the default retention period. |
| Days *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The default Object Lock retention mode you want to apply to new objects placed |
| // in the specified bucket. |
| Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockRetentionMode"` |
| |
| // The number of years that you want to specify for the default retention period. |
| Years *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DefaultRetention) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DefaultRetention) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetDays sets the Days field's value. |
| func (s *DefaultRetention) SetDays(v int64) *DefaultRetention { |
| s.Days = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMode sets the Mode field's value. |
| func (s *DefaultRetention) SetMode(v string) *DefaultRetention { |
| s.Mode = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetYears sets the Years field's value. |
| func (s *DefaultRetention) SetYears(v int64) *DefaultRetention { |
| s.Years = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type Delete struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Objects is a required field |
| Objects []*ObjectIdentifier `locationName:"Object" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Element to enable quiet mode for the request. When you add this element, |
| // you must set its value to true. |
| Quiet *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Delete) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Delete) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *Delete) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Delete"} |
| if s.Objects == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Objects")) |
| } |
| if s.Objects != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.Objects { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Objects", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjects sets the Objects field's value. |
| func (s *Delete) SetObjects(v []*ObjectIdentifier) *Delete { |
| s.Objects = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetQuiet sets the Quiet field's value. |
| func (s *Delete) SetQuiet(v bool) *Delete { |
| s.Quiet = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is deleted. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration. |
| // |
| // Id is a required field |
| Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Id == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketCorsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketCorsInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketCorsInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketCorsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketEncryptionInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the bucket containing the server-side encryption configuration |
| // to delete. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketEncryptionInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *DeleteBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to delete. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. |
| // |
| // Id is a required field |
| Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Id == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketLifecycleInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketLifecycleInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to delete. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. |
| // |
| // Id is a required field |
| Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Id == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketPolicyInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketPolicyInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketPolicyInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketPolicyOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketReplicationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The bucket name. |
| // |
| // It can take a while to propagate the deletion of a replication configuration |
| // to all Amazon S3 systems. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketReplicationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketReplicationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketReplicationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketTaggingInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketTaggingInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketTaggingInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketTaggingOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketWebsiteInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketWebsiteInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteMarkerEntry struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version |
| // of an object. |
| IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // The object key. |
| Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Date and time the object was last modified. |
| LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Version ID of an object. |
| VersionId *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetIsLatest(v bool) *DeleteMarkerEntry { |
| s.IsLatest = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetKey(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *DeleteMarkerEntry { |
| s.LastModified = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetOwner(v *Owner) *DeleteMarkerEntry { |
| s.Owner = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should replicate delete makers. |
| type DeleteMarkerReplication struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The status of the delete marker replication. |
| // |
| // In the current implementation, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate the delete markers. |
| // The status must be Disabled. |
| Status *string `type:"string" enum:"DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteMarkerReplication) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteMarkerReplication) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteMarkerReplication) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteMarkerReplication { |
| s.Status = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteObjectInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Indicates whether S3 Object Lock should bypass Governance-mode restrictions |
| // to process this operation. |
| BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, |
| // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. |
| MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. |
| VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteObjectInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteObjectInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *DeleteObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *DeleteObjectInput { |
| s.BypassGovernanceRetention = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMFA sets the MFA field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { |
| s.MFA = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteObjectOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true) |
| // or was not (false) a delete marker. |
| DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| |
| // Returns the version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE |
| // operation. |
| VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteObjectOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteObjectOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeleteObjectOutput { |
| s.DeleteMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteObjectTaggingInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be removed from. |
| VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectTaggingInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteObjectTaggingOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The versionId of the object the tag-set was removed from. |
| VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteObjectsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Delete"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether you want to delete this object even if it has a Governance-type |
| // Object Lock in place. You must have sufficient permissions to perform this |
| // operation. |
| BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // Delete is a required field |
| Delete *Delete `locationName:"Delete" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| |
| // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, |
| // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. |
| MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteObjectsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteObjectsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectsInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Delete == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Delete")) |
| } |
| if s.Delete != nil { |
| if err := s.Delete.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Delete", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *DeleteObjectsInput { |
| s.BypassGovernanceRetention = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDelete sets the Delete field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetDelete(v *Delete) *DeleteObjectsInput { |
| s.Delete = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMFA sets the MFA field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput { |
| s.MFA = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DeleteObjectsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| Deleted []*DeletedObject `type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| Errors []*Error `locationName:"Error" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetDeleted sets the Deleted field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetDeleted(v []*DeletedObject) *DeleteObjectsOutput { |
| s.Deleted = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetErrors sets the Errors field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetErrors(v []*Error) *DeleteObjectsOutput { |
| s.Errors = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectsOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type DeletePublicAccessBlockInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you want to delete. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeletePublicAccessBlockInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type DeletedObject struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| DeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| |
| DeleteMarkerVersionId *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` |
| |
| VersionId *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s DeletedObject) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s DeletedObject) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. |
| func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeletedObject { |
| s.DeleteMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDeleteMarkerVersionId sets the DeleteMarkerVersionId field's value. |
| func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarkerVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject { |
| s.DeleteMarkerVersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *DeletedObject) SetKey(v string) *DeletedObject { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *DeletedObject) SetVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // A container for information about the replication destination. |
| type Destination struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A container for information about access control for replicas. |
| // |
| // Use this element only in a cross-account scenario where source and destination |
| // bucket owners are not the same to change replica ownership to the AWS account |
| // that owns the destination bucket. If you don't add this element to the replication |
| // configuration, the replicas are owned by same AWS account that owns the source |
| // object. |
| AccessControlTranslation *AccessControlTranslation `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The account ID of the destination bucket. Currently, Amazon S3 verifies this |
| // value only if Access Control Translation is enabled. |
| // |
| // In a cross-account scenario, if you change replica ownership to the AWS account |
| // that owns the destination bucket by adding the AccessControlTranslation element, |
| // this is the account ID of the owner of the destination bucket. |
| Account *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to |
| // store replicas of the object identified by the rule. |
| // |
| // If there are multiple rules in your replication configuration, all rules |
| // must specify the same bucket as the destination. A replication configuration |
| // can replicate objects to only one destination bucket. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // A container that provides information about encryption. If SourceSelectionCriteria |
| // is specified, you must specify this element. |
| EncryptionConfiguration *EncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The class of storage used to store the object. By default Amazon S3 uses |
| // storage class of the source object when creating a replica. |
| StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Destination) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Destination) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *Destination) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Destination"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.AccessControlTranslation != nil { |
| if err := s.AccessControlTranslation.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlTranslation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAccessControlTranslation sets the AccessControlTranslation field's value. |
| func (s *Destination) SetAccessControlTranslation(v *AccessControlTranslation) *Destination { |
| s.AccessControlTranslation = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetAccount sets the Account field's value. |
| func (s *Destination) SetAccount(v string) *Destination { |
| s.Account = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *Destination) SetBucket(v string) *Destination { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *Destination) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetEncryptionConfiguration sets the EncryptionConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *Destination) SetEncryptionConfiguration(v *EncryptionConfiguration) *Destination { |
| s.EncryptionConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. |
| func (s *Destination) SetStorageClass(v string) *Destination { |
| s.StorageClass = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Describes the server-side encryption that will be applied to the restore |
| // results. |
| type Encryption struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing job results in Amazon |
| // S3 (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). |
| // |
| // EncryptionType is a required field |
| EncryptionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` |
| |
| // If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value can be used to specify |
| // the encryption context for the restore results. |
| KMSContext *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value specifies the AWS |
| // KMS key ID to use for encryption of job results. |
| KMSKeyId *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Encryption) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Encryption) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *Encryption) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Encryption"} |
| if s.EncryptionType == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EncryptionType")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetEncryptionType sets the EncryptionType field's value. |
| func (s *Encryption) SetEncryptionType(v string) *Encryption { |
| s.EncryptionType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKMSContext sets the KMSContext field's value. |
| func (s *Encryption) SetKMSContext(v string) *Encryption { |
| s.KMSContext = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value. |
| func (s *Encryption) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *Encryption { |
| s.KMSKeyId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // A container for information about the encryption-based configuration for |
| // replicas. |
| type EncryptionConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The ID of the AWS KMS key for the AWS Region where the destination bucket |
| // resides. Amazon S3 uses this key to encrypt the replica object. |
| ReplicaKmsKeyID *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s EncryptionConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s EncryptionConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetReplicaKmsKeyID sets the ReplicaKmsKeyID field's value. |
| func (s *EncryptionConfiguration) SetReplicaKmsKeyID(v string) *EncryptionConfiguration { |
| s.ReplicaKmsKeyID = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type EndEvent struct { |
| _ struct{} `locationName:"EndEvent" type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s EndEvent) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s EndEvent) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // The EndEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events. |
| func (s *EndEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {} |
| |
| // UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the EndEvent value. |
| // This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. |
| func (s *EndEvent) UnmarshalEvent( |
| payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, |
| msg eventstream.Message, |
| ) error { |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| type Error struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| Code *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` |
| |
| Message *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| VersionId *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Error) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Error) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCode sets the Code field's value. |
| func (s *Error) SetCode(v string) *Error { |
| s.Code = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *Error) SetKey(v string) *Error { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMessage sets the Message field's value. |
| func (s *Error) SetMessage(v string) *Error { |
| s.Message = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *Error) SetVersionId(v string) *Error { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ErrorDocument struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs. |
| // |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ErrorDocument) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ErrorDocument) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ErrorDocument) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ErrorDocument"} |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *ErrorDocument) SetKey(v string) *ErrorDocument { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // A container for a key value pair that defines the criteria for the filter |
| // rule. |
| type FilterRule struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which |
| // the filtering rule applies. The maximum prefix length is 1,024 characters. |
| // Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, |
| // see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) |
| // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. |
| Name *string `type:"string" enum:"FilterRuleName"` |
| |
| Value *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s FilterRule) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s FilterRule) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetName sets the Name field's value. |
| func (s *FilterRule) SetName(v string) *FilterRule { |
| s.Name = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetValue sets the Value field's value. |
| func (s *FilterRule) SetValue(v string) *FilterRule { |
| s.Value = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is retrieved. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The accelerate configuration of the bucket. |
| Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput { |
| s.Status = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketAclInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketAclInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketAclInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketAclInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAclInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAclInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketAclInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketAclOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A list of grants. |
| Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` |
| |
| Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketAclOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketAclOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrants sets the Grants field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetBucketAclOutput { |
| s.Grants = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetBucketAclOutput { |
| s.Owner = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is retrieved. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration. |
| // |
| // Id is a required field |
| Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Id == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AnalyticsConfiguration"` |
| |
| // The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter. |
| AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput { |
| s.AnalyticsConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketCorsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketCorsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketCorsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketCorsInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketCorsInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketCorsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketCorsOutput) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *GetBucketCorsOutput { |
| s.CORSRules = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketEncryptionInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the bucket from which the server-side encryption configuration |
| // is retrieved. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketEncryptionInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketEncryptionInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketEncryptionInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketEncryptionOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"` |
| |
| // Container for server-side encryption configuration rules. Currently S3 supports |
| // one rule only. |
| ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration sets the ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketEncryptionOutput) SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration(v *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) *GetBucketEncryptionOutput { |
| s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to retrieve. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. |
| // |
| // Id is a required field |
| Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Id == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"InventoryConfiguration"` |
| |
| // Specifies the inventory configuration. |
| InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput { |
| s.InventoryConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetRules sets the Rules field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput { |
| s.Rules = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketLifecycleInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLifecycleInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketLifecycleOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetRules sets the Rules field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *GetBucketLifecycleOutput { |
| s.Rules = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketLocationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketLocationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketLocationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLocationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLocationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketLocationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketLocationOutput) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *GetBucketLocationOutput { |
| s.LocationConstraint = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketLoggingInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLoggingInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLoggingInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketLoggingOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Container for logging information. Presence of this element indicates that |
| // logging is enabled. Parameters TargetBucket and TargetPrefix are required |
| // in this case. |
| LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketLoggingOutput) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *GetBucketLoggingOutput { |
| s.LoggingEnabled = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to retrieve. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. |
| // |
| // Id is a required field |
| Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Id == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MetricsConfiguration"` |
| |
| // Specifies the metrics configuration. |
| MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput { |
| s.MetricsConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Name of the bucket to get the notification configuration for. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketPolicyInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketPolicyInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketPolicyInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketPolicyOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Policy"` |
| |
| // The bucket policy as a JSON document. |
| Policy *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketPolicyOutput) SetPolicy(v string) *GetBucketPolicyOutput { |
| s.Policy = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketPolicyStatusInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose policy status you want to retrieve. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketPolicyStatusInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"PolicyStatus"` |
| |
| // The policy status for the specified bucket. |
| PolicyStatus *PolicyStatus `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetPolicyStatus sets the PolicyStatus field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) SetPolicyStatus(v *PolicyStatus) *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput { |
| s.PolicyStatus = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketReplicationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketReplicationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketReplicationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketReplicationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"` |
| |
| // A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum |
| // size of a replication configuration is 2 MB. |
| ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketReplicationOutput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *GetBucketReplicationOutput { |
| s.ReplicationConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketRequestPaymentInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketRequestPaymentInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies who pays for the download and request fees. |
| Payer *string `type:"string" enum:"Payer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetPayer sets the Payer field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) SetPayer(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput { |
| s.Payer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketTaggingInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketTaggingInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketTaggingInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketTaggingOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // TagSet is a required field |
| TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetBucketTaggingOutput { |
| s.TagSet = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketVersioningInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketVersioningInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketVersioningInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketVersioningOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration. |
| // This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA |
| // delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned. |
| MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADeleteStatus"` |
| |
| // The versioning state of the bucket. |
| Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetMFADelete(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput { |
| s.MFADelete = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput { |
| s.Status = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketWebsiteInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketWebsiteInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketWebsiteInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetBucketWebsiteOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"` |
| |
| IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"` |
| |
| RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"` |
| |
| RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput { |
| s.ErrorDocument = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput { |
| s.IndexDocument = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput { |
| s.RedirectAllRequestsTo = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value. |
| func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput { |
| s.RoutingRules = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetObjectAclInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. |
| VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectAclInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectAclInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetObjectAclInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectAclInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectAclInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetObjectAclInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectAclInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectAclInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectAclInput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetObjectAclOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A list of grants. |
| Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` |
| |
| Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectAclOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectAclOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrants sets the Grants field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetObjectAclOutput { |
| s.Grants = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetObjectAclOutput { |
| s.Owner = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectAclOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetObjectInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified, |
| // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). |
| IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time, |
| // otherwise return a 304 (not modified). |
| IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one |
| // specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified). |
| IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time, |
| // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). |
| IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between |
| // 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' GET request for the part specified. |
| // Useful for downloading just a part of an object. |
| PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about |
| // the HTTP Range header, go to http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35. |
| Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // Sets the Cache-Control header of the response. |
| ResponseCacheControl *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-cache-control" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Sets the Content-Disposition header of the response |
| ResponseContentDisposition *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-disposition" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Sets the Content-Encoding header of the response. |
| ResponseContentEncoding *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-encoding" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Sets the Content-Language header of the response. |
| ResponseContentLanguage *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-language" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Sets the Content-Type header of the response. |
| ResponseContentType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-type" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Sets the Expires header of the response. |
| ResponseExpires *time.Time `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-expires" type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). |
| SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting |
| // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon |
| // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with |
| // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm |
| // header. |
| SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. |
| // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption |
| // key was transmitted without error. |
| SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. |
| VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.IfMatch = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.IfModifiedSince = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.IfNoneMatch = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.IfUnmodifiedSince = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.PartNumber = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRange sets the Range field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.Range = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetResponseCacheControl sets the ResponseCacheControl field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.ResponseCacheControl = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetResponseContentDisposition sets the ResponseContentDisposition field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.ResponseContentDisposition = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetResponseContentEncoding sets the ResponseContentEncoding field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.ResponseContentEncoding = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetResponseContentLanguage sets the ResponseContentLanguage field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.ResponseContentLanguage = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetResponseContentType sets the ResponseContentType field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentType(v string) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.ResponseContentType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetResponseExpires sets the ResponseExpires field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseExpires(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.ResponseExpires = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.SSECustomerKey = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { |
| if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.SSECustomerKey |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectInput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetObjectLegalHoldInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The bucket containing the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The key name for the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve. |
| // |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // The version ID of the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve. |
| VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectLegalHoldInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectLegalHoldInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectLegalHoldInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetObjectLegalHoldOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LegalHold"` |
| |
| // The current Legal Hold status for the specified object. |
| LegalHold *ObjectLockLegalHold `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetLegalHold sets the LegalHold field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetLegalHold(v *ObjectLockLegalHold) *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput { |
| s.LegalHold = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetObjectLockConfigurationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to retrieve. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectLockConfigurationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ObjectLockConfiguration"` |
| |
| // The specified bucket's Object Lock configuration. |
| ObjectLockConfiguration *ObjectLockConfiguration `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockConfiguration sets the ObjectLockConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) SetObjectLockConfiguration(v *ObjectLockConfiguration) *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput { |
| s.ObjectLockConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetObjectOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` |
| |
| AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Object data. |
| Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"` |
| |
| // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. |
| CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies presentational information for the object. |
| ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus |
| // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced |
| // by the Content-Type header field. |
| ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The language the content is in. |
| ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Size of the body in bytes. |
| ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` |
| |
| // The portion of the object returned in the response. |
| ContentRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Range" type:"string"` |
| |
| // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. |
| ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete |
| // Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response. |
| DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version |
| // of a resource found at a URL |
| ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response |
| // includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key value pairs |
| // providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL |
| // encoded. |
| Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. |
| Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Last modified date of the object |
| LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. |
| Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` |
| |
| // This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta |
| // headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that |
| // supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, |
| // you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers. |
| MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // Indicates whether this object has an active legal hold. This field is only |
| // returned if you have permission to view an object's legal hold status. |
| ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` |
| |
| // The Object Lock mode currently in place for this object. |
| ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` |
| |
| // The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire. |
| ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` |
| |
| // The count of parts this object has. |
| PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"` |
| |
| ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| |
| // Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time |
| // of the restored object copy. |
| Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, |
| // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm |
| // used. |
| SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, |
| // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity |
| // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. |
| SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master |
| // encryption key that was used for the object. |
| SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 |
| // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). |
| ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` |
| |
| StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` |
| |
| // The number of tags, if any, on the object. |
| TagCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-count" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // Version of the object. |
| VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object |
| // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores |
| // the value of this header in the object metadata. |
| WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.AcceptRanges = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBody sets the Body field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.Body = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.CacheControl = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.ContentDisposition = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.ContentEncoding = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.ContentLanguage = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.ContentLength = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentRange sets the ContentRange field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentRange(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.ContentRange = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.ContentType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.DeleteMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.ETag = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.Expiration = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.Expires = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.LastModified = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.Metadata = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.MissingMeta = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.ObjectLockMode = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.PartsCount = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.ReplicationStatus = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRestore sets the Restore field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.Restore = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.ServerSideEncryption = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.StorageClass = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTagCount sets the TagCount field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetTagCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.TagCount = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *GetObjectOutput { |
| s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetObjectRetentionInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The bucket containing the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The key name for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve. |
| // |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // The version ID for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve. |
| VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectRetentionInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectRetentionInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectRetentionInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetObjectRetentionOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Retention"` |
| |
| // The container element for an object's retention settings. |
| Retention *ObjectLockRetention `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectRetentionOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectRetentionOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetRetention sets the Retention field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectRetentionOutput) SetRetention(v *ObjectLockRetention) *GetObjectRetentionOutput { |
| s.Retention = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetObjectTaggingInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectTaggingInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetObjectTaggingOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // TagSet is a required field |
| TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` |
| |
| VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetObjectTaggingOutput { |
| s.TagSet = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingOutput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetObjectTorrentInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectTorrentInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetObjectTorrentOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` |
| |
| Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetBody sets the Body field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectTorrentOutput { |
| s.Body = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectTorrentOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GetPublicAccessBlockInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you |
| // want to retrieve. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetPublicAccessBlockInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetPublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPublicAccessBlockInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetPublicAccessBlockInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type GetPublicAccessBlockOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"PublicAccessBlockConfiguration"` |
| |
| // The PublicAccessBlock configuration currently in effect for this Amazon S3 |
| // bucket. |
| PublicAccessBlockConfiguration *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration sets the PublicAccessBlockConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration(v *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput { |
| s.PublicAccessBlockConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type GlacierJobParameters struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Glacier retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed. |
| // |
| // Tier is a required field |
| Tier *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Tier"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s GlacierJobParameters) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s GlacierJobParameters) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *GlacierJobParameters) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GlacierJobParameters"} |
| if s.Tier == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tier")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetTier sets the Tier field's value. |
| func (s *GlacierJobParameters) SetTier(v string) *GlacierJobParameters { |
| s.Tier = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type Grant struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"` |
| |
| // Specifies the permission given to the grantee. |
| Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"Permission"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Grant) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Grant) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *Grant) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grant"} |
| if s.Grantee != nil { |
| if err := s.Grantee.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Grantee", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value. |
| func (s *Grant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *Grant { |
| s.Grantee = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPermission sets the Permission field's value. |
| func (s *Grant) SetPermission(v string) *Grant { |
| s.Permission = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type Grantee struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"` |
| |
| // Screen name of the grantee. |
| DisplayName *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Email address of the grantee. |
| EmailAddress *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The canonical user ID of the grantee. |
| ID *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Type of grantee |
| // |
| // Type is a required field |
| Type *string `locationName:"xsi:type" type:"string" xmlAttribute:"true" required:"true" enum:"Type"` |
| |
| // URI of the grantee group. |
| URI *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Grantee) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Grantee) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *Grantee) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grantee"} |
| if s.Type == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value. |
| func (s *Grantee) SetDisplayName(v string) *Grantee { |
| s.DisplayName = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetEmailAddress sets the EmailAddress field's value. |
| func (s *Grantee) SetEmailAddress(v string) *Grantee { |
| s.EmailAddress = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetID sets the ID field's value. |
| func (s *Grantee) SetID(v string) *Grantee { |
| s.ID = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetType sets the Type field's value. |
| func (s *Grantee) SetType(v string) *Grantee { |
| s.Type = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetURI sets the URI field's value. |
| func (s *Grantee) SetURI(v string) *Grantee { |
| s.URI = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type HeadBucketInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s HeadBucketInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s HeadBucketInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *HeadBucketInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HeadBucketInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *HeadBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadBucketInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *HeadBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type HeadBucketOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s HeadBucketOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s HeadBucketOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type HeadObjectInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified, |
| // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). |
| IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time, |
| // otherwise return a 304 (not modified). |
| IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one |
| // specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified). |
| IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time, |
| // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). |
| IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between |
| // 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' HEAD request for the part specified. |
| // Useful querying about the size of the part and the number of parts in this |
| // object. |
| PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about |
| // the HTTP Range header, go to http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35. |
| Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). |
| SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting |
| // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon |
| // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with |
| // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm |
| // header. |
| SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. |
| // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption |
| // key was transmitted without error. |
| SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. |
| VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s HeadObjectInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s HeadObjectInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *HeadObjectInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HeadObjectInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadObjectInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *HeadObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput { |
| s.IfMatch = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput { |
| s.IfModifiedSince = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput { |
| s.IfNoneMatch = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput { |
| s.IfUnmodifiedSince = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *HeadObjectInput { |
| s.PartNumber = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRange sets the Range field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *HeadObjectInput { |
| s.Range = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *HeadObjectInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectInput { |
| s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput { |
| s.SSECustomerKey = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *HeadObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { |
| if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.SSECustomerKey |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectInput { |
| s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectInput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type HeadObjectOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. |
| CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies presentational information for the object. |
| ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus |
| // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced |
| // by the Content-Type header field. |
| ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The language the content is in. |
| ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Size of the body in bytes. |
| ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` |
| |
| // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. |
| ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete |
| // Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response. |
| DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version |
| // of a resource found at a URL |
| ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response |
| // includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key value pairs |
| // providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL |
| // encoded. |
| Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. |
| Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Last modified date of the object |
| LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. |
| Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` |
| |
| // This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta |
| // headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that |
| // supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, |
| // you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers. |
| MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The Legal Hold status for the specified object. |
| ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` |
| |
| // The Object Lock mode currently in place for this object. |
| ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` |
| |
| // The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire. |
| ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` |
| |
| // The count of parts this object has. |
| PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"` |
| |
| ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| |
| // Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time |
| // of the restored object copy. |
| Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, |
| // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm |
| // used. |
| SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, |
| // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity |
| // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. |
| SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master |
| // encryption key that was used for the object. |
| SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 |
| // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). |
| ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` |
| |
| StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` |
| |
| // Version of the object. |
| VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object |
| // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores |
| // the value of this header in the object metadata. |
| WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s HeadObjectOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s HeadObjectOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.AcceptRanges = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.CacheControl = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.ContentDisposition = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.ContentEncoding = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.ContentLanguage = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.ContentLength = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.ContentType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.DeleteMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.ETag = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.Expiration = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.Expires = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.LastModified = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.Metadata = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.MissingMeta = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.ObjectLockMode = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.PartsCount = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.ReplicationStatus = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRestore sets the Restore field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.Restore = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.ServerSideEncryption = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.StorageClass = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. |
| func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { |
| s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type IndexDocument struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A suffix that is appended to a request that is for a directory on the website |
| // endpoint (e.g. if the suffix is index.html and you make a request to samplebucket/images/ |
| // the data that is returned will be for the object with the key name images/index.html) |
| // The suffix must not be empty and must not include a slash character. |
| // |
| // Suffix is a required field |
| Suffix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s IndexDocument) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s IndexDocument) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *IndexDocument) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "IndexDocument"} |
| if s.Suffix == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Suffix")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetSuffix sets the Suffix field's value. |
| func (s *IndexDocument) SetSuffix(v string) *IndexDocument { |
| s.Suffix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type Initiator struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Name of the Principal. |
| DisplayName *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // If the principal is an AWS account, it provides the Canonical User ID. If |
| // the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value. |
| ID *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Initiator) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Initiator) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value. |
| func (s *Initiator) SetDisplayName(v string) *Initiator { |
| s.DisplayName = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetID sets the ID field's value. |
| func (s *Initiator) SetID(v string) *Initiator { |
| s.ID = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Describes the serialization format of the object. |
| type InputSerialization struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Describes the serialization of a CSV-encoded object. |
| CSV *CSVInput `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies object's compression format. Valid values: NONE, GZIP, BZIP2. Default |
| // Value: NONE. |
| CompressionType *string `type:"string" enum:"CompressionType"` |
| |
| // Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format. |
| JSON *JSONInput `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies Parquet as object's input serialization format. |
| Parquet *ParquetInput `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s InputSerialization) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s InputSerialization) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCSV sets the CSV field's value. |
| func (s *InputSerialization) SetCSV(v *CSVInput) *InputSerialization { |
| s.CSV = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCompressionType sets the CompressionType field's value. |
| func (s *InputSerialization) SetCompressionType(v string) *InputSerialization { |
| s.CompressionType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetJSON sets the JSON field's value. |
| func (s *InputSerialization) SetJSON(v *JSONInput) *InputSerialization { |
| s.JSON = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetParquet sets the Parquet field's value. |
| func (s *InputSerialization) SetParquet(v *ParquetInput) *InputSerialization { |
| s.Parquet = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type InventoryConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Contains information about where to publish the inventory results. |
| // |
| // Destination is a required field |
| Destination *InventoryDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet |
| // the filter's criteria. |
| Filter *InventoryFilter `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. |
| // |
| // Id is a required field |
| Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies which object version(s) to included in the inventory results. |
| // |
| // IncludedObjectVersions is a required field |
| IncludedObjectVersions *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryIncludedObjectVersions"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether the inventory is enabled or disabled. |
| // |
| // IsEnabled is a required field |
| IsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Contains the optional fields that are included in the inventory results. |
| OptionalFields []*string `locationNameList:"Field" type:"list"` |
| |
| // Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results. |
| // |
| // Schedule is a required field |
| Schedule *InventorySchedule `type:"structure" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s InventoryConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s InventoryConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *InventoryConfiguration) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryConfiguration"} |
| if s.Destination == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) |
| } |
| if s.Id == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) |
| } |
| if s.IncludedObjectVersions == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IncludedObjectVersions")) |
| } |
| if s.IsEnabled == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IsEnabled")) |
| } |
| if s.Schedule == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Schedule")) |
| } |
| if s.Destination != nil { |
| if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.Filter != nil { |
| if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.Schedule != nil { |
| if err := s.Schedule.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Schedule", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. |
| func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetDestination(v *InventoryDestination) *InventoryConfiguration { |
| s.Destination = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. |
| func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetFilter(v *InventoryFilter) *InventoryConfiguration { |
| s.Filter = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetId(v string) *InventoryConfiguration { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIncludedObjectVersions sets the IncludedObjectVersions field's value. |
| func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIncludedObjectVersions(v string) *InventoryConfiguration { |
| s.IncludedObjectVersions = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIsEnabled sets the IsEnabled field's value. |
| func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIsEnabled(v bool) *InventoryConfiguration { |
| s.IsEnabled = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetOptionalFields sets the OptionalFields field's value. |
| func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetOptionalFields(v []*string) *InventoryConfiguration { |
| s.OptionalFields = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value. |
| func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetSchedule(v *InventorySchedule) *InventoryConfiguration { |
| s.Schedule = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type InventoryDestination struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix |
| // (optional) where inventory results are published. |
| // |
| // S3BucketDestination is a required field |
| S3BucketDestination *InventoryS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s InventoryDestination) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s InventoryDestination) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *InventoryDestination) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryDestination"} |
| if s.S3BucketDestination == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketDestination")) |
| } |
| if s.S3BucketDestination != nil { |
| if err := s.S3BucketDestination.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("S3BucketDestination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value. |
| func (s *InventoryDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *InventoryS3BucketDestination) *InventoryDestination { |
| s.S3BucketDestination = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory |
| // results. |
| type InventoryEncryption struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delivered Inventory reports. |
| SSEKMS *SSEKMS `locationName:"SSE-KMS" type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delivered Inventory reports. |
| SSES3 *SSES3 `locationName:"SSE-S3" type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s InventoryEncryption) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s InventoryEncryption) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *InventoryEncryption) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryEncryption"} |
| if s.SSEKMS != nil { |
| if err := s.SSEKMS.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("SSEKMS", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSEKMS sets the SSEKMS field's value. |
| func (s *InventoryEncryption) SetSSEKMS(v *SSEKMS) *InventoryEncryption { |
| s.SSEKMS = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSES3 sets the SSES3 field's value. |
| func (s *InventoryEncryption) SetSSES3(v *SSES3) *InventoryEncryption { |
| s.SSES3 = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type InventoryFilter struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The prefix that an object must have to be included in the inventory results. |
| // |
| // Prefix is a required field |
| Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s InventoryFilter) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s InventoryFilter) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *InventoryFilter) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryFilter"} |
| if s.Prefix == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *InventoryFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryFilter { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type InventoryS3BucketDestination struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The ID of the account that owns the destination bucket. |
| AccountId *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the bucket where inventory results will |
| // be published. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory |
| // results. |
| Encryption *InventoryEncryption `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies the output format of the inventory results. |
| // |
| // Format is a required field |
| Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFormat"` |
| |
| // The prefix that is prepended to all inventory results. |
| Prefix *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryS3BucketDestination"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Format == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format")) |
| } |
| if s.Encryption != nil { |
| if err := s.Encryption.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value. |
| func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetAccountId(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { |
| s.AccountId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value. |
| func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetEncryption(v *InventoryEncryption) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { |
| s.Encryption = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetFormat sets the Format field's value. |
| func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { |
| s.Format = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type InventorySchedule struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies how frequently inventory results are produced. |
| // |
| // Frequency is a required field |
| Frequency *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFrequency"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s InventorySchedule) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s InventorySchedule) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *InventorySchedule) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventorySchedule"} |
| if s.Frequency == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Frequency")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetFrequency sets the Frequency field's value. |
| func (s *InventorySchedule) SetFrequency(v string) *InventorySchedule { |
| s.Frequency = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type JSONInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The type of JSON. Valid values: Document, Lines. |
| Type *string `type:"string" enum:"JSONType"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s JSONInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s JSONInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetType sets the Type field's value. |
| func (s *JSONInput) SetType(v string) *JSONInput { |
| s.Type = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type JSONOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The value used to separate individual records in the output. |
| RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s JSONOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s JSONOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value. |
| func (s *JSONOutput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *JSONOutput { |
| s.RecordDelimiter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules. |
| type KeyFilter struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A list of containers for the key value pair that defines the criteria for |
| // the filter rule. |
| FilterRules []*FilterRule `locationName:"FilterRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s KeyFilter) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s KeyFilter) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetFilterRules sets the FilterRules field's value. |
| func (s *KeyFilter) SetFilterRules(v []*FilterRule) *KeyFilter { |
| s.FilterRules = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // A container for specifying the configuration for AWS Lambda notifications. |
| type LambdaFunctionConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Events is a required field |
| Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` |
| |
| // A container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key |
| // name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) |
| // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. |
| Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. |
| // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. |
| Id *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Lambda cloud function that Amazon S3 |
| // can invoke when it detects events of the specified type. |
| // |
| // LambdaFunctionArn is a required field |
| LambdaFunctionArn *string `locationName:"CloudFunction" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LambdaFunctionConfiguration"} |
| if s.Events == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events")) |
| } |
| if s.LambdaFunctionArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LambdaFunctionArn")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetEvents sets the Events field's value. |
| func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration { |
| s.Events = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. |
| func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration { |
| s.Filter = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLambdaFunctionArn sets the LambdaFunctionArn field's value. |
| func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionArn(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration { |
| s.LambdaFunctionArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type LifecycleConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Rules is a required field |
| Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s LifecycleConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s LifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleConfiguration"} |
| if s.Rules == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules")) |
| } |
| if s.Rules != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.Rules { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetRules sets the Rules field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*Rule) *LifecycleConfiguration { |
| s.Rules = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type LifecycleExpiration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in |
| // GMT ISO 8601 Format. |
| Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` |
| |
| // Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. |
| // The value must be a non-zero positive integer. |
| Days *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| |
| // Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent |
| // versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false |
| // the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in |
| // a Lifecycle Expiration Policy. |
| ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s LifecycleExpiration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s LifecycleExpiration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetDate sets the Date field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDate(v time.Time) *LifecycleExpiration { |
| s.Date = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDays sets the Days field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDays(v int64) *LifecycleExpiration { |
| s.Days = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker sets the ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker(v bool) *LifecycleExpiration { |
| s.ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type LifecycleRule struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies the days since the initiation of an Incomplete Multipart Upload |
| // that Lifecycle will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. |
| AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"` |
| |
| Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. |
| // A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified. |
| Filter *LifecycleRuleFilter `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters. |
| ID *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon |
| // S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle |
| // configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) |
| // to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific |
| // period in the object's lifetime. |
| NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"` |
| |
| NoncurrentVersionTransitions []*NoncurrentVersionTransition `locationName:"NoncurrentVersionTransition" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. This is |
| // No longer used; use Filter instead. |
| // |
| // Deprecated: Prefix has been deprecated |
| Prefix *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule |
| // is not currently being applied. |
| // |
| // Status is a required field |
| Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"` |
| |
| Transitions []*Transition `locationName:"Transition" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s LifecycleRule) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s LifecycleRule) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *LifecycleRule) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRule"} |
| if s.Status == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) |
| } |
| if s.Filter != nil { |
| if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleRule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *LifecycleRule { |
| s.AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleRule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *LifecycleRule { |
| s.Expiration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleRule) SetFilter(v *LifecycleRuleFilter) *LifecycleRule { |
| s.Filter = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetID sets the ID field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleRule) SetID(v string) *LifecycleRule { |
| s.ID = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *LifecycleRule { |
| s.NoncurrentVersionExpiration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions sets the NoncurrentVersionTransitions field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions(v []*NoncurrentVersionTransition) *LifecycleRule { |
| s.NoncurrentVersionTransitions = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleRule) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRule { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleRule) SetStatus(v string) *LifecycleRule { |
| s.Status = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTransitions sets the Transitions field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleRule) SetTransitions(v []*Transition) *LifecycleRule { |
| s.Transitions = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or |
| // more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all |
| // of the predicates configured inside the And operator. |
| type LifecycleRuleAndOperator struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| Prefix *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule |
| // to apply. |
| Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRuleAndOperator"} |
| if s.Tags != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.Tags { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator { |
| s.Tags = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. |
| // A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified. |
| type LifecycleRuleFilter struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or |
| // more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all |
| // of the predicates configured inside the And operator. |
| And *LifecycleRuleAndOperator `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. |
| Prefix *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // This tag must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply. |
| Tag *Tag `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRuleFilter"} |
| if s.And != nil { |
| if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.Tag != nil { |
| if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAnd sets the And field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetAnd(v *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) *LifecycleRuleFilter { |
| s.And = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleFilter { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTag sets the Tag field's value. |
| func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *LifecycleRuleFilter { |
| s.Tag = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the bucket from which analytics configurations are retrieved. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request |
| // should begin. |
| ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput { |
| s.ContinuationToken = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The list of analytics configurations for a bucket. |
| AnalyticsConfigurationList []*AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| // The ContinuationToken that represents where this request began. |
| ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete. |
| // A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken |
| // will be provided for a subsequent request. |
| IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which indicates that |
| // there are more analytics configurations to list. The next request must include |
| // this NextContinuationToken. The token is obfuscated and is not a usable value. |
| NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetAnalyticsConfigurationList sets the AnalyticsConfigurationList field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetAnalyticsConfigurationList(v []*AnalyticsConfiguration) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput { |
| s.AnalyticsConfigurationList = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput { |
| s.ContinuationToken = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput { |
| s.IsTruncated = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput { |
| s.NextContinuationToken = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configurations to retrieve. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The marker used to continue an inventory configuration listing that has been |
| // truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list |
| // response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value |
| // that Amazon S3 understands. |
| ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput { |
| s.ContinuationToken = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // If sent in the request, the marker that is used as a starting point for this |
| // inventory configuration list response. |
| ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The list of inventory configurations for a bucket. |
| InventoryConfigurationList []*InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| // Indicates whether the returned list of inventory configurations is truncated |
| // in this response. A value of true indicates that the list is truncated. |
| IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the |
| // NextContinuationToken from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent |
| // request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands. |
| NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput { |
| s.ContinuationToken = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetInventoryConfigurationList sets the InventoryConfigurationList field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetInventoryConfigurationList(v []*InventoryConfiguration) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput { |
| s.InventoryConfigurationList = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput { |
| s.IsTruncated = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput { |
| s.NextContinuationToken = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configurations to retrieve. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The marker that is used to continue a metrics configuration listing that |
| // has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated |
| // list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque |
| // value that Amazon S3 understands. |
| ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput { |
| s.ContinuationToken = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The marker that is used as a starting point for this metrics configuration |
| // list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request. |
| ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Indicates whether the returned list of metrics configurations is complete. |
| // A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken |
| // will be provided for a subsequent request. |
| IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // The list of metrics configurations for a bucket. |
| MetricsConfigurationList []*MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| // The marker used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been |
| // truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list |
| // response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value |
| // that Amazon S3 understands. |
| NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput { |
| s.ContinuationToken = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput { |
| s.IsTruncated = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMetricsConfigurationList sets the MetricsConfigurationList field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetMetricsConfigurationList(v []*MetricsConfiguration) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput { |
| s.MetricsConfigurationList = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput { |
| s.NextContinuationToken = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ListBucketsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListBucketsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListBucketsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type ListBucketsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| Buckets []*Bucket `locationNameList:"Bucket" type:"list"` |
| |
| Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListBucketsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListBucketsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetBuckets sets the Buckets field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetBuckets(v []*Bucket) *ListBucketsOutput { |
| s.Buckets = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. |
| func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListBucketsOutput { |
| s.Owner = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Character you use to group keys. |
| Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies |
| // the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; |
| // however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters |
| // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in |
| // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the |
| // keys in the response. |
| EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` |
| |
| // Together with upload-id-marker, this parameter specifies the multipart upload |
| // after which listing should begin. |
| KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Sets the maximum number of multipart uploads, from 1 to 1,000, to return |
| // in the response body. 1,000 is the maximum number of uploads that can be |
| // returned in a response. |
| MaxUploads *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-uploads" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified |
| // prefix. |
| Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing |
| // should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter |
| // is ignored. |
| UploadIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"upload-id-marker" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMultipartUploadsInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { |
| s.Delimiter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { |
| s.EncodingType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { |
| s.KeyMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { |
| s.MaxUploads = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { |
| s.UploadIdMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ListMultipartUploadsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. |
| Bucket *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| Delimiter *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. |
| EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` |
| |
| // Indicates whether the returned list of multipart uploads is truncated. A |
| // value of true indicates that the list was truncated. The list can be truncated |
| // if the number of multipart uploads exceeds the limit allowed or specified |
| // by max uploads. |
| IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // The key at or after which the listing began. |
| KeyMarker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Maximum number of multipart uploads that could have been included in the |
| // response. |
| MaxUploads *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| |
| // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be |
| // used for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. |
| NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be |
| // used for the upload-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. |
| NextUploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // When a prefix is provided in the request, this field contains the specified |
| // prefix. The result contains only keys starting with the specified prefix. |
| Prefix *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Upload ID after which listing began. |
| UploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| Uploads []*MultipartUpload `locationName:"Upload" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { |
| s.CommonPrefixes = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { |
| s.Delimiter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { |
| s.EncodingType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { |
| s.IsTruncated = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { |
| s.KeyMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { |
| s.MaxUploads = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { |
| s.NextKeyMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNextUploadIdMarker sets the NextUploadIdMarker field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { |
| s.NextUploadIdMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { |
| s.UploadIdMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUploads sets the Uploads field's value. |
| func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploads(v []*MultipartUpload) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { |
| s.Uploads = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ListObjectVersionsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. |
| Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies |
| // the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; |
| // however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters |
| // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in |
| // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the |
| // keys in the response. |
| EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` |
| |
| // Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket. |
| KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might |
| // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. |
| MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. |
| Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies the object version you want to start listing from. |
| VersionIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"version-id-marker" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectVersionsInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { |
| s.Delimiter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { |
| s.EncodingType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { |
| s.KeyMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsInput { |
| s.MaxKeys = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { |
| s.VersionIdMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ListObjectVersionsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| DeleteMarkers []*DeleteMarkerEntry `locationName:"DeleteMarker" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| Delimiter *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. |
| EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` |
| |
| // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results |
| // that satisfied the search criteria. If your results were truncated, you can |
| // make a follow-up paginated request using the NextKeyMarker and NextVersionIdMarker |
| // response parameters as a starting place in another request to return the |
| // rest of the results. |
| IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // Marks the last Key returned in a truncated response. |
| KeyMarker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| |
| Name *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Use this value for the key marker request parameter in a subsequent request. |
| NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Use this value for the next version id marker parameter in a subsequent request. |
| NextVersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| Prefix *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| VersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| Versions []*ObjectVersion `locationName:"Version" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { |
| s.CommonPrefixes = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDeleteMarkers sets the DeleteMarkers field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDeleteMarkers(v []*DeleteMarkerEntry) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { |
| s.DeleteMarkers = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { |
| s.Delimiter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { |
| s.EncodingType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { |
| s.IsTruncated = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { |
| s.KeyMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { |
| s.MaxKeys = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetName sets the Name field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { |
| s.Name = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { |
| s.NextKeyMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNextVersionIdMarker sets the NextVersionIdMarker field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { |
| s.NextVersionIdMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { |
| s.VersionIdMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersions sets the Versions field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersions(v []*ObjectVersion) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { |
| s.Versions = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ListObjectsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. |
| Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies |
| // the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; |
| // however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters |
| // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in |
| // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the |
| // keys in the response. |
| EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` |
| |
| // Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket. |
| Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might |
| // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. |
| MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. |
| Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // list objects request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their |
| // requests. |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListObjectsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListObjectsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ListObjectsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectsInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *ListObjectsInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsInput { |
| s.Delimiter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsInput { |
| s.EncodingType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsInput { |
| s.Marker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsInput { |
| s.MaxKeys = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsInput { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ListObjectsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| Delimiter *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. |
| EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` |
| |
| // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results |
| // that satisfied the search criteria. |
| IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| |
| Marker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| |
| Name *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // When response is truncated (the IsTruncated element value in the response |
| // is true), you can use the key name in this field as marker in the subsequent |
| // request to get next set of objects. Amazon S3 lists objects in alphabetical |
| // order Note: This element is returned only if you have delimiter request parameter |
| // specified. If response does not include the NextMaker and it is truncated, |
| // you can use the value of the last Key in the response as the marker in the |
| // subsequent request to get the next set of object keys. |
| NextMarker *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| Prefix *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListObjectsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListObjectsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsOutput { |
| s.CommonPrefixes = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContents sets the Contents field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsOutput { |
| s.Contents = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { |
| s.Delimiter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { |
| s.EncodingType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsOutput { |
| s.IsTruncated = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { |
| s.Marker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsOutput { |
| s.MaxKeys = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetName sets the Name field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { |
| s.Name = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { |
| s.NextMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ListObjectsV2Input struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Name of the bucket to list. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on |
| // this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real |
| // key |
| ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` |
| |
| // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. |
| Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. |
| EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` |
| |
| // The owner field is not present in listV2 by default, if you want to return |
| // owner field with each key in the result then set the fetch owner field to |
| // true |
| FetchOwner *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"fetch-owner" type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might |
| // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. |
| MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. |
| Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // list objects request in V2 style. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter |
| // in their requests. |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts |
| // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket |
| StartAfter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"start-after" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListObjectsV2Input) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListObjectsV2Input) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectsV2Input"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { |
| s.ContinuationToken = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { |
| s.Delimiter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { |
| s.EncodingType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetFetchOwner sets the FetchOwner field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetFetchOwner(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Input { |
| s.FetchOwner = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Input { |
| s.MaxKeys = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { |
| s.StartAfter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ListObjectsV2Output struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the |
| // next occurrence of the string specified by delimiter |
| CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| // Metadata about each object returned. |
| Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| // ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on |
| // this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real |
| // key |
| ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. |
| Delimiter *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. |
| EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` |
| |
| // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results |
| // that satisfied the search criteria. |
| IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will |
| // always be less than equals to MaxKeys field. Say you ask for 50 keys, your |
| // result will include less than equals 50 keys |
| KeyCount *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| |
| // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might |
| // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. |
| MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| |
| // Name of the bucket to list. |
| Name *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true which means there |
| // are more keys in the bucket that can be listed. The next list requests to |
| // Amazon S3 can be continued with this NextContinuationToken. NextContinuationToken |
| // is obfuscated and is not a real key |
| NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. |
| Prefix *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts |
| // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket |
| StartAfter *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListObjectsV2Output) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListObjectsV2Output) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsV2Output { |
| s.CommonPrefixes = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContents sets the Contents field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsV2Output { |
| s.Contents = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { |
| s.ContinuationToken = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { |
| s.Delimiter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { |
| s.EncodingType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Output { |
| s.IsTruncated = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKeyCount sets the KeyCount field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetKeyCount(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output { |
| s.KeyCount = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output { |
| s.MaxKeys = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetName sets the Name field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { |
| s.Name = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { |
| s.NextContinuationToken = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value. |
| func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { |
| s.StartAfter = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ListPartsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Sets the maximum number of parts to return. |
| MaxParts *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-parts" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher |
| // part numbers will be listed. |
| PartNumberMarker *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"part-number-marker" type:"integer"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed. |
| // |
| // UploadId is a required field |
| UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListPartsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListPartsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ListPartsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListPartsInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.UploadId == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *ListPartsInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsInput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsInput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsInput { |
| s.MaxParts = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsInput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsInput { |
| s.PartNumberMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListPartsInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsInput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsInput { |
| s.UploadId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ListPartsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Date when multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation by lifecycle. |
| AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // Id of the lifecycle rule that makes a multipart upload eligible for abort |
| // operation. |
| AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. |
| Bucket *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Identifies who initiated the multipart upload. |
| Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. |
| IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. |
| Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Maximum number of parts that were allowed in the response. |
| MaxParts *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| |
| // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list, |
| // as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter |
| // in a subsequent request. |
| NextPartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| |
| Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Part number after which listing begins. |
| PartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| |
| Parts []*Part `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| |
| // The class of storage used to store the object. |
| StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` |
| |
| // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed. |
| UploadId *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ListPartsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ListPartsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *ListPartsOutput { |
| s.AbortDate = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *ListPartsOutput { |
| s.AbortRuleId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsOutput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *ListPartsOutput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *ListPartsOutput { |
| s.Initiator = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListPartsOutput { |
| s.IsTruncated = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsOutput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsOutput { |
| s.MaxParts = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNextPartNumberMarker sets the NextPartNumberMarker field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetNextPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput { |
| s.NextPartNumberMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListPartsOutput { |
| s.Owner = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput { |
| s.PartNumberMarker = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetParts sets the Parts field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetParts(v []*Part) *ListPartsOutput { |
| s.Parts = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *ListPartsOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *ListPartsOutput { |
| s.StorageClass = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. |
| func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsOutput { |
| s.UploadId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Describes an S3 location that will receive the results of the restore request. |
| type Location struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A list of grants that control access to the staged results. |
| AccessControlList []*Grant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` |
| |
| // The name of the bucket where the restore results will be placed. |
| // |
| // BucketName is a required field |
| BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The canned ACL to apply to the restore results. |
| CannedACL *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` |
| |
| // Describes the server-side encryption that will be applied to the restore |
| // results. |
| Encryption *Encryption `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The prefix that is prepended to the restore results for this request. |
| // |
| // Prefix is a required field |
| Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The class of storage used to store the restore results. |
| StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` |
| |
| // The tag-set that is applied to the restore results. |
| Tagging *Tagging `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A list of metadata to store with the restore results in S3. |
| UserMetadata []*MetadataEntry `locationNameList:"MetadataEntry" type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Location) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Location) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *Location) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Location"} |
| if s.BucketName == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BucketName")) |
| } |
| if s.Prefix == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix")) |
| } |
| if s.AccessControlList != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.AccessControlList { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AccessControlList", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| if s.Encryption != nil { |
| if err := s.Encryption.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.Tagging != nil { |
| if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAccessControlList sets the AccessControlList field's value. |
| func (s *Location) SetAccessControlList(v []*Grant) *Location { |
| s.AccessControlList = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucketName sets the BucketName field's value. |
| func (s *Location) SetBucketName(v string) *Location { |
| s.BucketName = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCannedACL sets the CannedACL field's value. |
| func (s *Location) SetCannedACL(v string) *Location { |
| s.CannedACL = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value. |
| func (s *Location) SetEncryption(v *Encryption) *Location { |
| s.Encryption = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *Location) SetPrefix(v string) *Location { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. |
| func (s *Location) SetStorageClass(v string) *Location { |
| s.StorageClass = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. |
| func (s *Location) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *Location { |
| s.Tagging = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUserMetadata sets the UserMetadata field's value. |
| func (s *Location) SetUserMetadata(v []*MetadataEntry) *Location { |
| s.UserMetadata = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Container for logging information. Presence of this element indicates that |
| // logging is enabled. Parameters TargetBucket and TargetPrefix are required |
| // in this case. |
| type LoggingEnabled struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store server access logs. |
| // You can have your logs delivered to any bucket that you own, including the |
| // same bucket that is being logged. You can also configure multiple buckets |
| // to deliver their logs to the same target bucket. In this case you should |
| // choose a different TargetPrefix for each source bucket so that the delivered |
| // log files can be distinguished by key. |
| // |
| // TargetBucket is a required field |
| TargetBucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| TargetGrants []*TargetGrant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` |
| |
| // This element lets you specify a prefix for the keys that the log files will |
| // be stored under. |
| // |
| // TargetPrefix is a required field |
| TargetPrefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s LoggingEnabled) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s LoggingEnabled) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *LoggingEnabled) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LoggingEnabled"} |
| if s.TargetBucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetBucket")) |
| } |
| if s.TargetPrefix == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetPrefix")) |
| } |
| if s.TargetGrants != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.TargetGrants { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TargetGrants", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetBucket sets the TargetBucket field's value. |
| func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetBucket(v string) *LoggingEnabled { |
| s.TargetBucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetGrants sets the TargetGrants field's value. |
| func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetGrants(v []*TargetGrant) *LoggingEnabled { |
| s.TargetGrants = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTargetPrefix sets the TargetPrefix field's value. |
| func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetPrefix(v string) *LoggingEnabled { |
| s.TargetPrefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // A metadata key-value pair to store with an object. |
| type MetadataEntry struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| Name *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| Value *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s MetadataEntry) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s MetadataEntry) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetName sets the Name field's value. |
| func (s *MetadataEntry) SetName(v string) *MetadataEntry { |
| s.Name = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetValue sets the Value field's value. |
| func (s *MetadataEntry) SetValue(v string) *MetadataEntry { |
| s.Value = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type MetricsAndOperator struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The prefix used when evaluating an AND predicate. |
| Prefix *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The list of tags used when evaluating an AND predicate. |
| Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s MetricsAndOperator) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s MetricsAndOperator) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *MetricsAndOperator) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsAndOperator"} |
| if s.Tags != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.Tags { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsAndOperator { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. |
| func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *MetricsAndOperator { |
| s.Tags = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type MetricsConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration will |
| // only include objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a |
| // prefix, a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator). |
| Filter *MetricsFilter `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. |
| // |
| // Id is a required field |
| Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s MetricsConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s MetricsConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *MetricsConfiguration) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsConfiguration"} |
| if s.Id == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) |
| } |
| if s.Filter != nil { |
| if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. |
| func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *MetricsFilter) *MetricsConfiguration { |
| s.Filter = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *MetricsConfiguration { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type MetricsFilter struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a |
| // metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object |
| // must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply. |
| And *MetricsAndOperator `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The prefix used when evaluating a metrics filter. |
| Prefix *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The tag used when evaluating a metrics filter. |
| Tag *Tag `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s MetricsFilter) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s MetricsFilter) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *MetricsFilter) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsFilter"} |
| if s.And != nil { |
| if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.Tag != nil { |
| if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAnd sets the And field's value. |
| func (s *MetricsFilter) SetAnd(v *MetricsAndOperator) *MetricsFilter { |
| s.And = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *MetricsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsFilter { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTag sets the Tag field's value. |
| func (s *MetricsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *MetricsFilter { |
| s.Tag = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type MultipartUpload struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Date and time at which the multipart upload was initiated. |
| Initiated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // Identifies who initiated the multipart upload. |
| Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated. |
| Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` |
| |
| Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The class of storage used to store the object. |
| StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` |
| |
| // Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload. |
| UploadId *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s MultipartUpload) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s MultipartUpload) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetInitiated sets the Initiated field's value. |
| func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiated(v time.Time) *MultipartUpload { |
| s.Initiated = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value. |
| func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *MultipartUpload { |
| s.Initiator = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *MultipartUpload) SetKey(v string) *MultipartUpload { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. |
| func (s *MultipartUpload) SetOwner(v *Owner) *MultipartUpload { |
| s.Owner = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. |
| func (s *MultipartUpload) SetStorageClass(v string) *MultipartUpload { |
| s.StorageClass = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. |
| func (s *MultipartUpload) SetUploadId(v string) *MultipartUpload { |
| s.UploadId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon |
| // S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle |
| // configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) |
| // to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific |
| // period in the object's lifetime. |
| type NoncurrentVersionExpiration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can |
| // perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days |
| // calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent |
| // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html) |
| // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. |
| NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value. |
| func (s *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionExpiration { |
| s.NoncurrentDays = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects |
| // transition to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER or |
| // DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning |
| // is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition |
| // noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, |
| // GLACIER or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's |
| // lifetime. |
| type NoncurrentVersionTransition struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can |
| // perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days |
| // calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent |
| // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html) |
| // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. |
| NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The class of storage used to store the object. |
| StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value. |
| func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionTransition { |
| s.NoncurrentDays = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. |
| func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetStorageClass(v string) *NoncurrentVersionTransition { |
| s.StorageClass = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. |
| // If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket. |
| type NotificationConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| LambdaFunctionConfigurations []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration `locationName:"CloudFunctionConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| QueueConfigurations []*QueueConfiguration `locationName:"QueueConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| TopicConfigurations []*TopicConfiguration `locationName:"TopicConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s NotificationConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s NotificationConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *NotificationConfiguration) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NotificationConfiguration"} |
| if s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "LambdaFunctionConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| if s.QueueConfigurations != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.QueueConfigurations { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "QueueConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| if s.TopicConfigurations != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.TopicConfigurations { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TopicConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations sets the LambdaFunctionConfigurations field's value. |
| func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations(v []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration { |
| s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetQueueConfigurations sets the QueueConfigurations field's value. |
| func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetQueueConfigurations(v []*QueueConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration { |
| s.QueueConfigurations = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTopicConfigurations sets the TopicConfigurations field's value. |
| func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetTopicConfigurations(v []*TopicConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration { |
| s.TopicConfigurations = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type NotificationConfigurationDeprecated struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| CloudFunctionConfiguration *CloudFunctionConfiguration `type:"structure"` |
| |
| QueueConfiguration *QueueConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"` |
| |
| TopicConfiguration *TopicConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCloudFunctionConfiguration sets the CloudFunctionConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetCloudFunctionConfiguration(v *CloudFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated { |
| s.CloudFunctionConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetQueueConfiguration sets the QueueConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueueConfiguration(v *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated { |
| s.QueueConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTopicConfiguration sets the TopicConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopicConfiguration(v *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated { |
| s.TopicConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // A container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key |
| // name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) |
| // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. |
| type NotificationConfigurationFilter struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules. |
| Key *KeyFilter `locationName:"S3Key" type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *NotificationConfigurationFilter) SetKey(v *KeyFilter) *NotificationConfigurationFilter { |
| s.Key = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type Object struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| ETag *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` |
| |
| LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` |
| |
| Size *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The class of storage used to store the object. |
| StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectStorageClass"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Object) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Object) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. |
| func (s *Object) SetETag(v string) *Object { |
| s.ETag = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *Object) SetKey(v string) *Object { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. |
| func (s *Object) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Object { |
| s.LastModified = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. |
| func (s *Object) SetOwner(v *Owner) *Object { |
| s.Owner = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSize sets the Size field's value. |
| func (s *Object) SetSize(v int64) *Object { |
| s.Size = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. |
| func (s *Object) SetStorageClass(v string) *Object { |
| s.StorageClass = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ObjectIdentifier struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Key name of the object to delete. |
| // |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // VersionId for the specific version of the object to delete. |
| VersionId *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ObjectIdentifier) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ObjectIdentifier) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ObjectIdentifier) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ObjectIdentifier"} |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetKey(v string) *ObjectIdentifier { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectIdentifier { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // The container element for Object Lock configuration parameters. |
| type ObjectLockConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Indicates whether this bucket has an Object Lock configuration enabled. |
| ObjectLockEnabled *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockEnabled"` |
| |
| // The Object Lock rule in place for the specified object. |
| Rule *ObjectLockRule `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ObjectLockConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ObjectLockConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockEnabled sets the ObjectLockEnabled field's value. |
| func (s *ObjectLockConfiguration) SetObjectLockEnabled(v string) *ObjectLockConfiguration { |
| s.ObjectLockEnabled = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRule sets the Rule field's value. |
| func (s *ObjectLockConfiguration) SetRule(v *ObjectLockRule) *ObjectLockConfiguration { |
| s.Rule = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // A Legal Hold configuration for an object. |
| type ObjectLockLegalHold struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Indicates whether the specified object has a Legal Hold in place. |
| Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ObjectLockLegalHold) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ObjectLockLegalHold) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. |
| func (s *ObjectLockLegalHold) SetStatus(v string) *ObjectLockLegalHold { |
| s.Status = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // A Retention configuration for an object. |
| type ObjectLockRetention struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Indicates the Retention mode for the specified object. |
| Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockRetentionMode"` |
| |
| // The date on which this Object Lock Retention will expire. |
| RetainUntilDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ObjectLockRetention) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ObjectLockRetention) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetMode sets the Mode field's value. |
| func (s *ObjectLockRetention) SetMode(v string) *ObjectLockRetention { |
| s.Mode = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRetainUntilDate sets the RetainUntilDate field's value. |
| func (s *ObjectLockRetention) SetRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *ObjectLockRetention { |
| s.RetainUntilDate = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // The container element for an Object Lock rule. |
| type ObjectLockRule struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The default retention period that you want to apply to new objects placed |
| // in the specified bucket. |
| DefaultRetention *DefaultRetention `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ObjectLockRule) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ObjectLockRule) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetDefaultRetention sets the DefaultRetention field's value. |
| func (s *ObjectLockRule) SetDefaultRetention(v *DefaultRetention) *ObjectLockRule { |
| s.DefaultRetention = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ObjectVersion struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| ETag *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version |
| // of an object. |
| IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // The object key. |
| Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Date and time the object was last modified. |
| LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Size in bytes of the object. |
| Size *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The class of storage used to store the object. |
| StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectVersionStorageClass"` |
| |
| // Version ID of an object. |
| VersionId *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ObjectVersion) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ObjectVersion) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. |
| func (s *ObjectVersion) SetETag(v string) *ObjectVersion { |
| s.ETag = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value. |
| func (s *ObjectVersion) SetIsLatest(v bool) *ObjectVersion { |
| s.IsLatest = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *ObjectVersion) SetKey(v string) *ObjectVersion { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. |
| func (s *ObjectVersion) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *ObjectVersion { |
| s.LastModified = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. |
| func (s *ObjectVersion) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ObjectVersion { |
| s.Owner = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSize sets the Size field's value. |
| func (s *ObjectVersion) SetSize(v int64) *ObjectVersion { |
| s.Size = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. |
| func (s *ObjectVersion) SetStorageClass(v string) *ObjectVersion { |
| s.StorageClass = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *ObjectVersion) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectVersion { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored. |
| type OutputLocation struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Describes an S3 location that will receive the results of the restore request. |
| S3 *Location `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s OutputLocation) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s OutputLocation) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *OutputLocation) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputLocation"} |
| if s.S3 != nil { |
| if err := s.S3.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("S3", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetS3 sets the S3 field's value. |
| func (s *OutputLocation) SetS3(v *Location) *OutputLocation { |
| s.S3 = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Describes how results of the Select job are serialized. |
| type OutputSerialization struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Describes the serialization of CSV-encoded Select results. |
| CSV *CSVOutput `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format. |
| JSON *JSONOutput `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s OutputSerialization) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s OutputSerialization) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCSV sets the CSV field's value. |
| func (s *OutputSerialization) SetCSV(v *CSVOutput) *OutputSerialization { |
| s.CSV = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetJSON sets the JSON field's value. |
| func (s *OutputSerialization) SetJSON(v *JSONOutput) *OutputSerialization { |
| s.JSON = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type Owner struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| DisplayName *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| ID *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Owner) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Owner) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value. |
| func (s *Owner) SetDisplayName(v string) *Owner { |
| s.DisplayName = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetID sets the ID field's value. |
| func (s *Owner) SetID(v string) *Owner { |
| s.ID = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ParquetInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ParquetInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ParquetInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type Part struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded. |
| ETag *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Date and time at which the part was uploaded. |
| LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // Part number identifying the part. This is a positive integer between 1 and |
| // 10,000. |
| PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| |
| // Size in bytes of the uploaded part data. |
| Size *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Part) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Part) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. |
| func (s *Part) SetETag(v string) *Part { |
| s.ETag = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. |
| func (s *Part) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Part { |
| s.LastModified = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. |
| func (s *Part) SetPartNumber(v int64) *Part { |
| s.PartNumber = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSize sets the Size field's value. |
| func (s *Part) SetSize(v int64) *Part { |
| s.Size = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // The container element for a bucket's policy status. |
| type PolicyStatus struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The policy status for this bucket. TRUE indicates that this bucket is public. |
| // FALSE indicates that the bucket is not public. |
| IsPublic *bool `locationName:"IsPublic" type:"boolean"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PolicyStatus) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PolicyStatus) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetIsPublic sets the IsPublic field's value. |
| func (s *PolicyStatus) SetIsPublic(v bool) *PolicyStatus { |
| s.IsPublic = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type Progress struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The current number of uncompressed object bytes processed. |
| BytesProcessed *int64 `type:"long"` |
| |
| // The current number of bytes of records payload data returned. |
| BytesReturned *int64 `type:"long"` |
| |
| // The current number of object bytes scanned. |
| BytesScanned *int64 `type:"long"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Progress) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Progress) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetBytesProcessed sets the BytesProcessed field's value. |
| func (s *Progress) SetBytesProcessed(v int64) *Progress { |
| s.BytesProcessed = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBytesReturned sets the BytesReturned field's value. |
| func (s *Progress) SetBytesReturned(v int64) *Progress { |
| s.BytesReturned = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBytesScanned sets the BytesScanned field's value. |
| func (s *Progress) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Progress { |
| s.BytesScanned = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ProgressEvent struct { |
| _ struct{} `locationName:"ProgressEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Details"` |
| |
| // The Progress event details. |
| Details *Progress `locationName:"Details" type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ProgressEvent) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ProgressEvent) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetDetails sets the Details field's value. |
| func (s *ProgressEvent) SetDetails(v *Progress) *ProgressEvent { |
| s.Details = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // The ProgressEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events. |
| func (s *ProgressEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {} |
| |
| // UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the ProgressEvent value. |
| // This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. |
| func (s *ProgressEvent) UnmarshalEvent( |
| payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, |
| msg eventstream.Message, |
| ) error { |
| if err := payloadUnmarshaler.UnmarshalPayload( |
| bytes.NewReader(msg.Payload), s, |
| ); err != nil { |
| return err |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| type PublicAccessBlockConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public access control lists (ACLs) |
| // for this bucket and objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE |
| // causes the following behavior: |
| // |
| // * PUT Bucket acl and PUT Object acl calls fail if the specified ACL is |
| // public. |
| // |
| // * PUT Object calls fail if the request includes a public ACL. |
| // |
| // Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing policies or ACLs. |
| BlockPublicAcls *bool `locationName:"BlockPublicAcls" type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public bucket policies for this |
| // bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to reject calls to |
| // PUT Bucket policy if the specified bucket policy allows public access. |
| // |
| // Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing bucket policies. |
| BlockPublicPolicy *bool `locationName:"BlockPublicPolicy" type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should ignore public ACLs for this bucket and |
| // objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to |
| // ignore all public ACLs on this bucket and objects in this bucket. |
| // |
| // Enabling this setting doesn't affect the persistence of any existing ACLs |
| // and doesn't prevent new public ACLs from being set. |
| IgnorePublicAcls *bool `locationName:"IgnorePublicAcls" type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should restrict public bucket policies for this |
| // bucket. Setting this element to TRUE restricts access to this bucket to only |
| // AWS services and authorized users within this account if the bucket has a |
| // public policy. |
| // |
| // Enabling this setting doesn't affect previously stored bucket policies, except |
| // that public and cross-account access within any public bucket policy, including |
| // non-public delegation to specific accounts, is blocked. |
| RestrictPublicBuckets *bool `locationName:"RestrictPublicBuckets" type:"boolean"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetBlockPublicAcls sets the BlockPublicAcls field's value. |
| func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetBlockPublicAcls(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration { |
| s.BlockPublicAcls = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBlockPublicPolicy sets the BlockPublicPolicy field's value. |
| func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetBlockPublicPolicy(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration { |
| s.BlockPublicPolicy = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIgnorePublicAcls sets the IgnorePublicAcls field's value. |
| func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetIgnorePublicAcls(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration { |
| s.IgnorePublicAcls = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRestrictPublicBuckets sets the RestrictPublicBuckets field's value. |
| func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetRestrictPublicBuckets(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration { |
| s.RestrictPublicBuckets = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AccelerateConfiguration"` |
| |
| // Specifies the Accelerate Configuration you want to set for the bucket. |
| // |
| // AccelerateConfiguration is a required field |
| AccelerateConfiguration *AccelerateConfiguration `locationName:"AccelerateConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| |
| // Name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is set. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput"} |
| if s.AccelerateConfiguration == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccelerateConfiguration")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAccelerateConfiguration sets the AccelerateConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetAccelerateConfiguration(v *AccelerateConfiguration) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput { |
| s.AccelerateConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketAclInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"` |
| |
| // The canned ACL to apply to the bucket. |
| ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"` |
| |
| AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the |
| // bucket. |
| GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket. |
| GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL. |
| GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket. |
| GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. |
| GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketAclInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketAclInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketAclInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAclInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.AccessControlPolicy != nil { |
| if err := s.AccessControlPolicy.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetACL sets the ACL field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { |
| s.ACL = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutBucketAclInput { |
| s.AccessControlPolicy = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketAclInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { |
| s.GrantFullControl = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { |
| s.GrantRead = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { |
| s.GrantReadACP = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { |
| s.GrantWrite = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { |
| s.GrantWriteACP = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketAclOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketAclOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketAclOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AnalyticsConfiguration"` |
| |
| // The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter. |
| // |
| // AnalyticsConfiguration is a required field |
| AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| |
| // The name of the bucket to which an analytics configuration is stored. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration. |
| // |
| // Id is a required field |
| Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"} |
| if s.AnalyticsConfiguration == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AnalyticsConfiguration")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Id == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) |
| } |
| if s.AnalyticsConfiguration != nil { |
| if err := s.AnalyticsConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("AnalyticsConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { |
| s.AnalyticsConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketCorsInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CORSConfiguration"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // CORSConfiguration is a required field |
| CORSConfiguration *CORSConfiguration `locationName:"CORSConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketCorsInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketCorsInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketCorsInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.CORSConfiguration == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CORSConfiguration")) |
| } |
| if s.CORSConfiguration != nil { |
| if err := s.CORSConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("CORSConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketCorsInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetCORSConfiguration sets the CORSConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetCORSConfiguration(v *CORSConfiguration) *PutBucketCorsInput { |
| s.CORSConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketCorsOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketEncryptionInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"` |
| |
| // The name of the bucket for which the server-side encryption configuration |
| // is set. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Container for server-side encryption configuration rules. Currently S3 supports |
| // one rule only. |
| // |
| // ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration is a required field |
| ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration `locationName:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketEncryptionInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketEncryptionInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration")) |
| } |
| if s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration != nil { |
| if err := s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketEncryptionInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration sets the ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration(v *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) *PutBucketEncryptionInput { |
| s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketEncryptionOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"InventoryConfiguration"` |
| |
| // The name of the bucket where the inventory configuration will be stored. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. |
| // |
| // Id is a required field |
| Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies the inventory configuration. |
| // |
| // InventoryConfiguration is a required field |
| InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Id == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) |
| } |
| if s.InventoryConfiguration == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InventoryConfiguration")) |
| } |
| if s.InventoryConfiguration != nil { |
| if err := s.InventoryConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("InventoryConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { |
| s.InventoryConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| LifecycleConfiguration *BucketLifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.LifecycleConfiguration != nil { |
| if err := s.LifecycleConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("LifecycleConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput { |
| s.LifecycleConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketLifecycleInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| LifecycleConfiguration *LifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLifecycleInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.LifecycleConfiguration != nil { |
| if err := s.LifecycleConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("LifecycleConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *LifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleInput { |
| s.LifecycleConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketLifecycleOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketLoggingInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"BucketLoggingStatus"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // BucketLoggingStatus is a required field |
| BucketLoggingStatus *BucketLoggingStatus `locationName:"BucketLoggingStatus" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLoggingInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.BucketLoggingStatus == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BucketLoggingStatus")) |
| } |
| if s.BucketLoggingStatus != nil { |
| if err := s.BucketLoggingStatus.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("BucketLoggingStatus", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLoggingInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucketLoggingStatus sets the BucketLoggingStatus field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucketLoggingStatus(v *BucketLoggingStatus) *PutBucketLoggingInput { |
| s.BucketLoggingStatus = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketLoggingOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MetricsConfiguration"` |
| |
| // The name of the bucket for which the metrics configuration is set. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. |
| // |
| // Id is a required field |
| Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies the metrics configuration. |
| // |
| // MetricsConfiguration is a required field |
| MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Id == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) |
| } |
| if s.MetricsConfiguration == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MetricsConfiguration")) |
| } |
| if s.MetricsConfiguration != nil { |
| if err := s.MetricsConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("MetricsConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { |
| s.MetricsConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. |
| // If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket. |
| // |
| // NotificationConfiguration is a required field |
| NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfiguration `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.NotificationConfiguration == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NotificationConfiguration")) |
| } |
| if s.NotificationConfiguration != nil { |
| if err := s.NotificationConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("NotificationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfiguration) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput { |
| s.NotificationConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketNotificationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // NotificationConfiguration is a required field |
| NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketNotificationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.NotificationConfiguration == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NotificationConfiguration")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) *PutBucketNotificationInput { |
| s.NotificationConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketNotificationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketPolicyInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Policy"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Set this parameter to true to confirm that you want to remove your permissions |
| // to change this bucket policy in the future. |
| ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-confirm-remove-self-bucket-access" type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // The bucket policy as a JSON document. |
| // |
| // Policy is a required field |
| Policy *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketPolicyInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Policy == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Policy")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess sets the ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess(v bool) *PutBucketPolicyInput { |
| s.ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetPolicy(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput { |
| s.Policy = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketPolicyOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketReplicationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum |
| // size of a replication configuration is 2 MB. |
| // |
| // ReplicationConfiguration is a required field |
| ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `locationName:"ReplicationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketReplicationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.ReplicationConfiguration == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationConfiguration")) |
| } |
| if s.ReplicationConfiguration != nil { |
| if err := s.ReplicationConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("ReplicationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketReplicationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *PutBucketReplicationInput { |
| s.ReplicationConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketReplicationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketRequestPaymentInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"RequestPaymentConfiguration"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // RequestPaymentConfiguration is a required field |
| RequestPaymentConfiguration *RequestPaymentConfiguration `locationName:"RequestPaymentConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketRequestPaymentInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.RequestPaymentConfiguration == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RequestPaymentConfiguration")) |
| } |
| if s.RequestPaymentConfiguration != nil { |
| if err := s.RequestPaymentConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("RequestPaymentConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPaymentConfiguration sets the RequestPaymentConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetRequestPaymentConfiguration(v *RequestPaymentConfiguration) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput { |
| s.RequestPaymentConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketTaggingInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Tagging is a required field |
| Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketTaggingInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Tagging == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tagging")) |
| } |
| if s.Tagging != nil { |
| if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketTaggingInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutBucketTaggingInput { |
| s.Tagging = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketTaggingOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketVersioningInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"VersioningConfiguration"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, |
| // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. |
| MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` |
| |
| // VersioningConfiguration is a required field |
| VersioningConfiguration *VersioningConfiguration `locationName:"VersioningConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketVersioningInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.VersioningConfiguration == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersioningConfiguration")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetMFA sets the MFA field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetMFA(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput { |
| s.MFA = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersioningConfiguration sets the VersioningConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetVersioningConfiguration(v *VersioningConfiguration) *PutBucketVersioningInput { |
| s.VersioningConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketVersioningOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketWebsiteInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"WebsiteConfiguration"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // WebsiteConfiguration is a required field |
| WebsiteConfiguration *WebsiteConfiguration `locationName:"WebsiteConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketWebsiteInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.WebsiteConfiguration == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WebsiteConfiguration")) |
| } |
| if s.WebsiteConfiguration != nil { |
| if err := s.WebsiteConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("WebsiteConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketWebsiteInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetWebsiteConfiguration sets the WebsiteConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetWebsiteConfiguration(v *WebsiteConfiguration) *PutBucketWebsiteInput { |
| s.WebsiteConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutBucketWebsiteOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| type PutObjectAclInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"` |
| |
| // The canned ACL to apply to the object. |
| ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` |
| |
| AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the |
| // bucket. |
| GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket. |
| GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL. |
| GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket. |
| GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. |
| GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. |
| VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectAclInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectAclInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutObjectAclInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectAclInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.AccessControlPolicy != nil { |
| if err := s.AccessControlPolicy.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetACL sets the ACL field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { |
| s.ACL = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutObjectAclInput { |
| s.AccessControlPolicy = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutObjectAclInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { |
| s.GrantFullControl = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { |
| s.GrantRead = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { |
| s.GrantReadACP = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { |
| s.GrantWrite = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { |
| s.GrantWriteACP = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutObjectAclOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectAclOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectAclOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectAclOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutObjectInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` |
| |
| // The canned ACL to apply to the object. |
| ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` |
| |
| // Object data. |
| Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"` |
| |
| // Name of the bucket to which the PUT operation was initiated. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. |
| CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies presentational information for the object. |
| ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus |
| // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced |
| // by the Content-Type header field. |
| ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The language the content is in. |
| ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the |
| // body cannot be determined automatically. |
| ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` |
| |
| // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the part data. This parameter is |
| // auto-populated when using the command from the CLI |
| ContentMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. |
| ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. |
| Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. |
| GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata. |
| GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to read the object ACL. |
| GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. |
| GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Object key for which the PUT operation was initiated. |
| // |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. |
| Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` |
| |
| // The Legal Hold status that you want to apply to the specified object. |
| ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` |
| |
| // The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to this object. |
| ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` |
| |
| // The date and time when you want this object's Object Lock to expire. |
| ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). |
| SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting |
| // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon |
| // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with |
| // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm |
| // header. |
| SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. |
| // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption |
| // key was transmitted without error. |
| SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT |
| // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL |
| // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported |
| // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version |
| SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 |
| // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). |
| ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` |
| |
| // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'. |
| StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` |
| |
| // The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters. |
| // (For example, "Key1=Value1") |
| Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object |
| // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores |
| // the value of this header in the object metadata. |
| WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetACL sets the ACL field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.ACL = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBody sets the Body field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.Body = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.CacheControl = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.ContentDisposition = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.ContentEncoding = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.ContentLanguage = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.ContentLength = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentMD5 sets the ContentMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentMD5(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.ContentMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.ContentType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.Expires = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.GrantFullControl = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.GrantRead = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.GrantReadACP = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.GrantWriteACP = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.Metadata = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.ObjectLockMode = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.SSECustomerKey = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { |
| if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.SSECustomerKey |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.ServerSideEncryption = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.StorageClass = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.Tagging = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *PutObjectInput { |
| s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutObjectLegalHoldInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LegalHold"` |
| |
| // The bucket containing the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The key name for the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on. |
| // |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Container element for the Legal Hold configuration you want to apply to the |
| // specified object. |
| LegalHold *ObjectLockLegalHold `locationName:"LegalHold" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // The version ID of the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on. |
| VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectLegalHoldInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectLegalHoldInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectLegalHoldInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetLegalHold sets the LegalHold field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetLegalHold(v *ObjectLockLegalHold) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput { |
| s.LegalHold = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutObjectLegalHoldOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutObjectLockConfigurationInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ObjectLockConfiguration"` |
| |
| // The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to create or replace. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The Object Lock configuration that you want to apply to the specified bucket. |
| ObjectLockConfiguration *ObjectLockConfiguration `locationName:"ObjectLockConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // A token to allow Object Lock to be enabled for an existing bucket. |
| Token *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-token" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectLockConfigurationInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetObjectLockConfiguration sets the ObjectLockConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetObjectLockConfiguration(v *ObjectLockConfiguration) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput { |
| s.ObjectLockConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetToken sets the Token field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetToken(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput { |
| s.Token = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutObjectOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Entity tag for the uploaded object. |
| ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration |
| // date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded. |
| Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| |
| // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, |
| // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm |
| // used. |
| SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, |
| // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity |
| // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. |
| SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master |
| // encryption key that was used for the object. |
| SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 |
| // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). |
| ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` |
| |
| // Version of the object. |
| VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *PutObjectOutput { |
| s.ETag = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *PutObjectOutput { |
| s.Expiration = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectOutput { |
| s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectOutput { |
| s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectOutput { |
| s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectOutput { |
| s.ServerSideEncryption = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectOutput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutObjectRetentionInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Retention"` |
| |
| // The bucket that contains the object you want to apply this Object Retention |
| // configuration to. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Indicates whether this operation should bypass Governance-mode restrictions.j |
| BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"` |
| |
| // The key name for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention |
| // configuration to. |
| // |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // The container element for the Object Retention configuration. |
| Retention *ObjectLockRetention `locationName:"Retention" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| |
| // The version ID for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention |
| // configuration to. |
| VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectRetentionInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectRetentionInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectRetentionInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *PutObjectRetentionInput { |
| s.BypassGovernanceRetention = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRetention sets the Retention field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetRetention(v *ObjectLockRetention) *PutObjectRetentionInput { |
| s.Retention = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutObjectRetentionOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectRetentionOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectRetentionOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectRetentionOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectRetentionOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutObjectTaggingInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Tagging is a required field |
| Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| |
| VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectTaggingInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Tagging == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tagging")) |
| } |
| if s.Tagging != nil { |
| if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutObjectTaggingInput { |
| s.Tagging = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutObjectTaggingOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *PutObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingOutput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutPublicAccessBlockInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"PublicAccessBlockConfiguration"` |
| |
| // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you |
| // want to set. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon |
| // S3 bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For |
| // more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public, |
| // see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status) |
| // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. |
| // |
| // PublicAccessBlockConfiguration is a required field |
| PublicAccessBlockConfiguration *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration `locationName:"PublicAccessBlockConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutPublicAccessBlockInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutPublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutPublicAccessBlockInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.PublicAccessBlockConfiguration == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PublicAccessBlockConfiguration")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutPublicAccessBlockInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration sets the PublicAccessBlockConfiguration field's value. |
| func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration(v *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) *PutPublicAccessBlockInput { |
| s.PublicAccessBlockConfiguration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type PutPublicAccessBlockOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages |
| // to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue.when Amazon S3 detects |
| // specified events. |
| type QueueConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Events is a required field |
| Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` |
| |
| // A container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key |
| // name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) |
| // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. |
| Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. |
| // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. |
| Id *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3 |
| // will publish a message when it detects events of the specified type. |
| // |
| // QueueArn is a required field |
| QueueArn *string `locationName:"Queue" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s QueueConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s QueueConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *QueueConfiguration) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "QueueConfiguration"} |
| if s.Events == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events")) |
| } |
| if s.QueueArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QueueArn")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetEvents sets the Events field's value. |
| func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfiguration { |
| s.Events = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. |
| func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *QueueConfiguration { |
| s.Filter = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetId(v string) *QueueConfiguration { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetQueueArn sets the QueueArn field's value. |
| func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetQueueArn(v string) *QueueConfiguration { |
| s.QueueArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type QueueConfigurationDeprecated struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The bucket event for which to send notifications. |
| // |
| // Deprecated: Event has been deprecated |
| Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` |
| |
| Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. |
| // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. |
| Id *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| Queue *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetEvent sets the Event field's value. |
| func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated { |
| s.Event = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetEvents sets the Events field's value. |
| func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated { |
| s.Events = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. |
| func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueue(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated { |
| s.Queue = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type RecordsEvent struct { |
| _ struct{} `locationName:"RecordsEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Payload"` |
| |
| // The byte array of partial, one or more result records. |
| // |
| // Payload is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. |
| Payload []byte `type:"blob"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s RecordsEvent) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s RecordsEvent) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetPayload sets the Payload field's value. |
| func (s *RecordsEvent) SetPayload(v []byte) *RecordsEvent { |
| s.Payload = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // The RecordsEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events. |
| func (s *RecordsEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {} |
| |
| // UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the RecordsEvent value. |
| // This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. |
| func (s *RecordsEvent) UnmarshalEvent( |
| payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, |
| msg eventstream.Message, |
| ) error { |
| s.Payload = make([]byte, len(msg.Payload)) |
| copy(s.Payload, msg.Payload) |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| type Redirect struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The host name to use in the redirect request. |
| HostName *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The HTTP redirect code to use on the response. Not required if one of the |
| // siblings is present. |
| HttpRedirectCode *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Protocol to use (http, https) when redirecting requests. The default is the |
| // protocol that is used in the original request. |
| Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"` |
| |
| // The object key prefix to use in the redirect request. For example, to redirect |
| // requests for all pages with prefix docs/ (objects in the docs/ folder) to |
| // documents/, you can set a condition block with KeyPrefixEquals set to docs/ |
| // and in the Redirect set ReplaceKeyPrefixWith to /documents. Not required |
| // if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyWith |
| // is not provided. |
| ReplaceKeyPrefixWith *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The specific object key to use in the redirect request. For example, redirect |
| // request to error.html. Not required if one of the sibling is present. Can |
| // be present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith is not provided. |
| ReplaceKeyWith *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Redirect) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Redirect) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetHostName sets the HostName field's value. |
| func (s *Redirect) SetHostName(v string) *Redirect { |
| s.HostName = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetHttpRedirectCode sets the HttpRedirectCode field's value. |
| func (s *Redirect) SetHttpRedirectCode(v string) *Redirect { |
| s.HttpRedirectCode = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value. |
| func (s *Redirect) SetProtocol(v string) *Redirect { |
| s.Protocol = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith sets the ReplaceKeyPrefixWith field's value. |
| func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith(v string) *Redirect { |
| s.ReplaceKeyPrefixWith = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetReplaceKeyWith sets the ReplaceKeyWith field's value. |
| func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyWith(v string) *Redirect { |
| s.ReplaceKeyWith = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type RedirectAllRequestsTo struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Name of the host where requests will be redirected. |
| // |
| // HostName is a required field |
| HostName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Protocol to use (http, https) when redirecting requests. The default is the |
| // protocol that is used in the original request. |
| Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RedirectAllRequestsTo"} |
| if s.HostName == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HostName")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetHostName sets the HostName field's value. |
| func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetHostName(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo { |
| s.HostName = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value. |
| func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetProtocol(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo { |
| s.Protocol = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum |
| // size of a replication configuration is 2 MB. |
| type ReplicationConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management |
| // (IAM) role that Amazon S3 can assume when replicating the objects. |
| // |
| // Role is a required field |
| Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // A container for one or more replication rules. A replication configuration |
| // must have at least one rule and can contain a maximum of 1,000 rules. |
| // |
| // Rules is a required field |
| Rules []*ReplicationRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ReplicationConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ReplicationConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationConfiguration"} |
| if s.Role == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role")) |
| } |
| if s.Rules == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules")) |
| } |
| if s.Rules != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.Rules { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetRole sets the Role field's value. |
| func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRole(v string) *ReplicationConfiguration { |
| s.Role = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRules sets the Rules field's value. |
| func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ReplicationRule) *ReplicationConfiguration { |
| s.Rules = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // A container for information about a specific replication rule. |
| type ReplicationRule struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should replicate delete makers. |
| DeleteMarkerReplication *DeleteMarkerReplication `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A container for information about the replication destination. |
| // |
| // Destination is a required field |
| Destination *Destination `type:"structure" required:"true"` |
| |
| // A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule |
| // applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix, Tag, or an And child element. |
| Filter *ReplicationRuleFilter `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A unique identifier for the rule. The maximum value is 255 characters. |
| ID *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // An object keyname prefix that identifies the object or objects to which the |
| // rule applies. The maximum prefix length is 1,024 characters. |
| // |
| // Deprecated: Prefix has been deprecated |
| Prefix *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The priority associated with the rule. If you specify multiple rules in a |
| // replication configuration, Amazon S3 prioritizes the rules to prevent conflicts |
| // when filtering. If two or more rules identify the same object based on a |
| // specified filter, the rule with higher priority takes precedence. For example: |
| // |
| // * Same object quality prefix based filter criteria If prefixes you specified |
| // in multiple rules overlap |
| // |
| // * Same object qualify tag based filter criteria specified in multiple |
| // rules |
| // |
| // For more information, see Cross-Region Replication (CRR) ( https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/crr.html) |
| // in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide. |
| Priority *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| |
| // A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source |
| // objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the |
| // replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter |
| // that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using |
| // an AWS KMS-Managed Key (SSE-KMS). |
| // |
| // If you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects created with server-side encryption |
| // using AWS KMS-Managed Keys. |
| SourceSelectionCriteria *SourceSelectionCriteria `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // If status isn't enabled, the rule is ignored. |
| // |
| // Status is a required field |
| Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicationRuleStatus"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ReplicationRule) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ReplicationRule) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ReplicationRule) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRule"} |
| if s.Destination == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) |
| } |
| if s.Status == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) |
| } |
| if s.Destination != nil { |
| if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.Filter != nil { |
| if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.SourceSelectionCriteria != nil { |
| if err := s.SourceSelectionCriteria.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("SourceSelectionCriteria", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetDeleteMarkerReplication sets the DeleteMarkerReplication field's value. |
| func (s *ReplicationRule) SetDeleteMarkerReplication(v *DeleteMarkerReplication) *ReplicationRule { |
| s.DeleteMarkerReplication = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. |
| func (s *ReplicationRule) SetDestination(v *Destination) *ReplicationRule { |
| s.Destination = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. |
| func (s *ReplicationRule) SetFilter(v *ReplicationRuleFilter) *ReplicationRule { |
| s.Filter = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetID sets the ID field's value. |
| func (s *ReplicationRule) SetID(v string) *ReplicationRule { |
| s.ID = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *ReplicationRule) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRule { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPriority sets the Priority field's value. |
| func (s *ReplicationRule) SetPriority(v int64) *ReplicationRule { |
| s.Priority = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSourceSelectionCriteria sets the SourceSelectionCriteria field's value. |
| func (s *ReplicationRule) SetSourceSelectionCriteria(v *SourceSelectionCriteria) *ReplicationRule { |
| s.SourceSelectionCriteria = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. |
| func (s *ReplicationRule) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicationRule { |
| s.Status = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type ReplicationRuleAndOperator struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| Prefix *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ReplicationRuleAndOperator) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ReplicationRuleAndOperator) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRuleAndOperator"} |
| if s.Tags != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.Tags { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRuleAndOperator { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. |
| func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ReplicationRuleAndOperator { |
| s.Tags = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule |
| // applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix, Tag, or an And child element. |
| type ReplicationRuleFilter struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset |
| // of objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you |
| // specify more than one filter. For example: |
| // |
| // * If you specify both a Prefix and a Tag filter, wrap these filters in |
| // an And tag. |
| // |
| // * If you specify a filter based on multiple tags, wrap the Tag elements |
| // in an And tag. |
| And *ReplicationRuleAndOperator `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // An object keyname prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the |
| // rule applies. |
| Prefix *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // A container for specifying a tag key and value. |
| // |
| // The rule applies only to objects that have the tag in their tag set. |
| Tag *Tag `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ReplicationRuleFilter) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ReplicationRuleFilter) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRuleFilter"} |
| if s.And != nil { |
| if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.Tag != nil { |
| if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAnd sets the And field's value. |
| func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetAnd(v *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) *ReplicationRuleFilter { |
| s.And = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRuleFilter { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTag sets the Tag field's value. |
| func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *ReplicationRuleFilter { |
| s.Tag = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type RequestPaymentConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies who pays for the download and request fees. |
| // |
| // Payer is a required field |
| Payer *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Payer"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RequestPaymentConfiguration"} |
| if s.Payer == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Payer")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetPayer sets the Payer field's value. |
| func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) SetPayer(v string) *RequestPaymentConfiguration { |
| s.Payer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type RequestProgress struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether periodic QueryProgress frames should be sent. Valid values: |
| // TRUE, FALSE. Default value: FALSE. |
| Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s RequestProgress) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s RequestProgress) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. |
| func (s *RequestProgress) SetEnabled(v bool) *RequestProgress { |
| s.Enabled = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type RestoreObjectInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"RestoreRequest"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // Container for restore job parameters. |
| RestoreRequest *RestoreRequest `locationName:"RestoreRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| |
| VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s RestoreObjectInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s RestoreObjectInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *RestoreObjectInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreObjectInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.RestoreRequest != nil { |
| if err := s.RestoreRequest.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("RestoreRequest", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *RestoreObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRestoreRequest sets the RestoreRequest field's value. |
| func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRestoreRequest(v *RestoreRequest) *RestoreObjectInput { |
| s.RestoreRequest = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. |
| func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { |
| s.VersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type RestoreObjectOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| |
| // Indicates the path in the provided S3 output location where Select results |
| // will be restored to. |
| RestoreOutputPath *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore-output-path" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s RestoreObjectOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s RestoreObjectOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *RestoreObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *RestoreObjectOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRestoreOutputPath sets the RestoreOutputPath field's value. |
| func (s *RestoreObjectOutput) SetRestoreOutputPath(v string) *RestoreObjectOutput { |
| s.RestoreOutputPath = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Container for restore job parameters. |
| type RestoreRequest struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Lifetime of the active copy in days. Do not use with restores that specify |
| // OutputLocation. |
| Days *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The optional description for the job. |
| Description *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Glacier related parameters pertaining to this job. Do not use with restores |
| // that specify OutputLocation. |
| GlacierJobParameters *GlacierJobParameters `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored. |
| OutputLocation *OutputLocation `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Describes the parameters for Select job types. |
| SelectParameters *SelectParameters `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Glacier retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed. |
| Tier *string `type:"string" enum:"Tier"` |
| |
| // Type of restore request. |
| Type *string `type:"string" enum:"RestoreRequestType"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s RestoreRequest) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s RestoreRequest) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *RestoreRequest) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreRequest"} |
| if s.GlacierJobParameters != nil { |
| if err := s.GlacierJobParameters.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("GlacierJobParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.OutputLocation != nil { |
| if err := s.OutputLocation.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("OutputLocation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.SelectParameters != nil { |
| if err := s.SelectParameters.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("SelectParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetDays sets the Days field's value. |
| func (s *RestoreRequest) SetDays(v int64) *RestoreRequest { |
| s.Days = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. |
| func (s *RestoreRequest) SetDescription(v string) *RestoreRequest { |
| s.Description = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetGlacierJobParameters sets the GlacierJobParameters field's value. |
| func (s *RestoreRequest) SetGlacierJobParameters(v *GlacierJobParameters) *RestoreRequest { |
| s.GlacierJobParameters = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetOutputLocation sets the OutputLocation field's value. |
| func (s *RestoreRequest) SetOutputLocation(v *OutputLocation) *RestoreRequest { |
| s.OutputLocation = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSelectParameters sets the SelectParameters field's value. |
| func (s *RestoreRequest) SetSelectParameters(v *SelectParameters) *RestoreRequest { |
| s.SelectParameters = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTier sets the Tier field's value. |
| func (s *RestoreRequest) SetTier(v string) *RestoreRequest { |
| s.Tier = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetType sets the Type field's value. |
| func (s *RestoreRequest) SetType(v string) *RestoreRequest { |
| s.Type = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type RoutingRule struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified |
| // redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder, |
| // redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx, |
| // redirect request to another host where you might process the error. |
| Condition *Condition `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another |
| // host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error, |
| // you can specify a different error code to return. |
| // |
| // Redirect is a required field |
| Redirect *Redirect `type:"structure" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s RoutingRule) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s RoutingRule) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *RoutingRule) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RoutingRule"} |
| if s.Redirect == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Redirect")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetCondition sets the Condition field's value. |
| func (s *RoutingRule) SetCondition(v *Condition) *RoutingRule { |
| s.Condition = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRedirect sets the Redirect field's value. |
| func (s *RoutingRule) SetRedirect(v *Redirect) *RoutingRule { |
| s.Redirect = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type Rule struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies the days since the initiation of an Incomplete Multipart Upload |
| // that Lifecycle will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. |
| AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"` |
| |
| Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters. |
| ID *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon |
| // S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle |
| // configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) |
| // to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific |
| // period in the object's lifetime. |
| NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects |
| // transition to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER or |
| // DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning |
| // is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition |
| // noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, |
| // GLACIER or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's |
| // lifetime. |
| NoncurrentVersionTransition *NoncurrentVersionTransition `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. |
| // |
| // Prefix is a required field |
| Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule |
| // is not currently being applied. |
| // |
| // Status is a required field |
| Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"` |
| |
| Transition *Transition `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Rule) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Rule) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *Rule) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Rule"} |
| if s.Prefix == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix")) |
| } |
| if s.Status == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value. |
| func (s *Rule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *Rule { |
| s.AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. |
| func (s *Rule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *Rule { |
| s.Expiration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetID sets the ID field's value. |
| func (s *Rule) SetID(v string) *Rule { |
| s.ID = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value. |
| func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *Rule { |
| s.NoncurrentVersionExpiration = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetNoncurrentVersionTransition sets the NoncurrentVersionTransition field's value. |
| func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransition(v *NoncurrentVersionTransition) *Rule { |
| s.NoncurrentVersionTransition = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. |
| func (s *Rule) SetPrefix(v string) *Rule { |
| s.Prefix = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. |
| func (s *Rule) SetStatus(v string) *Rule { |
| s.Status = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTransition sets the Transition field's value. |
| func (s *Rule) SetTransition(v *Transition) *Rule { |
| s.Transition = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delivered Inventory reports. |
| type SSEKMS struct { |
| _ struct{} `locationName:"SSE-KMS" type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master encryption |
| // key to use for encrypting Inventory reports. |
| // |
| // KeyId is a required field |
| KeyId *string `type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s SSEKMS) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s SSEKMS) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *SSEKMS) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SSEKMS"} |
| if s.KeyId == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyId")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value. |
| func (s *SSEKMS) SetKeyId(v string) *SSEKMS { |
| s.KeyId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delivered Inventory reports. |
| type SSES3 struct { |
| _ struct{} `locationName:"SSE-S3" type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s SSES3) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s SSES3) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SelectObjectContentEventStream provides handling of EventStreams for |
| // the SelectObjectContent API. |
| // |
| // Use this type to receive SelectObjectContentEventStream events. The events |
| // can be read from the Events channel member. |
| // |
| // The events that can be received are: |
| // |
| // * ContinuationEvent |
| // * EndEvent |
| // * ProgressEvent |
| // * RecordsEvent |
| // * StatsEvent |
| type SelectObjectContentEventStream struct { |
| // Reader is the EventStream reader for the SelectObjectContentEventStream |
| // events. This value is automatically set by the SDK when the API call is made |
| // Use this member when unit testing your code with the SDK to mock out the |
| // EventStream Reader. |
| // |
| // Must not be nil. |
| Reader SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader |
| |
| // StreamCloser is the io.Closer for the EventStream connection. For HTTP |
| // EventStream this is the response Body. The stream will be closed when |
| // the Close method of the EventStream is called. |
| StreamCloser io.Closer |
| } |
| |
| // Close closes the EventStream. This will also cause the Events channel to be |
| // closed. You can use the closing of the Events channel to terminate your |
| // application's read from the API's EventStream. |
| // |
| // Will close the underlying EventStream reader. For EventStream over HTTP |
| // connection this will also close the HTTP connection. |
| // |
| // Close must be called when done using the EventStream API. Not calling Close |
| // may result in resource leaks. |
| func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Close() (err error) { |
| es.Reader.Close() |
| return es.Err() |
| } |
| |
| // Err returns any error that occurred while reading EventStream Events from |
| // the service API's response. Returns nil if there were no errors. |
| func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Err() error { |
| if err := es.Reader.Err(); err != nil { |
| return err |
| } |
| es.StreamCloser.Close() |
| |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // Events returns a channel to read EventStream Events from the |
| // SelectObjectContent API. |
| // |
| // These events are: |
| // |
| // * ContinuationEvent |
| // * EndEvent |
| // * ProgressEvent |
| // * RecordsEvent |
| // * StatsEvent |
| func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent { |
| return es.Reader.Events() |
| } |
| |
| // SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent groups together all EventStream |
| // events read from the SelectObjectContent API. |
| // |
| // These events are: |
| // |
| // * ContinuationEvent |
| // * EndEvent |
| // * ProgressEvent |
| // * RecordsEvent |
| // * StatsEvent |
| type SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent interface { |
| eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() |
| } |
| |
| // SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader provides the interface for reading EventStream |
| // Events from the SelectObjectContent API. The |
| // default implementation for this interface will be SelectObjectContentEventStream. |
| // |
| // The reader's Close method must allow multiple concurrent calls. |
| // |
| // These events are: |
| // |
| // * ContinuationEvent |
| // * EndEvent |
| // * ProgressEvent |
| // * RecordsEvent |
| // * StatsEvent |
| type SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader interface { |
| // Returns a channel of events as they are read from the event stream. |
| Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent |
| |
| // Close will close the underlying event stream reader. For event stream over |
| // HTTP this will also close the HTTP connection. |
| Close() error |
| |
| // Returns any error that has occurred while reading from the event stream. |
| Err() error |
| } |
| |
| type readSelectObjectContentEventStream struct { |
| eventReader *eventstreamapi.EventReader |
| stream chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent |
| errVal atomic.Value |
| |
| done chan struct{} |
| closeOnce sync.Once |
| } |
| |
| func newReadSelectObjectContentEventStream( |
| reader io.ReadCloser, |
| unmarshalers request.HandlerList, |
| logger aws.Logger, |
| logLevel aws.LogLevelType, |
| ) *readSelectObjectContentEventStream { |
| r := &readSelectObjectContentEventStream{ |
| stream: make(chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent), |
| done: make(chan struct{}), |
| } |
| |
| r.eventReader = eventstreamapi.NewEventReader( |
| reader, |
| protocol.HandlerPayloadUnmarshal{ |
| Unmarshalers: unmarshalers, |
| }, |
| r.unmarshalerForEventType, |
| ) |
| r.eventReader.UseLogger(logger, logLevel) |
| |
| return r |
| } |
| |
| // Close will close the underlying event stream reader. For EventStream over |
| // HTTP this will also close the HTTP connection. |
| func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Close() error { |
| r.closeOnce.Do(r.safeClose) |
| |
| return r.Err() |
| } |
| |
| func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) safeClose() { |
| close(r.done) |
| err := r.eventReader.Close() |
| if err != nil { |
| r.errVal.Store(err) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Err() error { |
| if v := r.errVal.Load(); v != nil { |
| return v.(error) |
| } |
| |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent { |
| return r.stream |
| } |
| |
| func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) readEventStream() { |
| defer close(r.stream) |
| |
| for { |
| event, err := r.eventReader.ReadEvent() |
| if err != nil { |
| if err == io.EOF { |
| return |
| } |
| select { |
| case <-r.done: |
| // If closed already ignore the error |
| return |
| default: |
| } |
| r.errVal.Store(err) |
| return |
| } |
| |
| select { |
| case r.stream <- event.(SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent): |
| case <-r.done: |
| return |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) unmarshalerForEventType( |
| eventType string, |
| ) (eventstreamapi.Unmarshaler, error) { |
| switch eventType { |
| case "Cont": |
| return &ContinuationEvent{}, nil |
| |
| case "End": |
| return &EndEvent{}, nil |
| |
| case "Progress": |
| return &ProgressEvent{}, nil |
| |
| case "Records": |
| return &RecordsEvent{}, nil |
| |
| case "Stats": |
| return &StatsEvent{}, nil |
| default: |
| return nil, awserr.New( |
| request.ErrCodeSerialization, |
| fmt.Sprintf("unknown event type name, %s, for SelectObjectContentEventStream", eventType), |
| nil, |
| ) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Request to filter the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple Structured |
| // Query Language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, |
| // you must specify a data serialization format (JSON or CSV) of the object. |
| // Amazon S3 uses this to parse object data into records. It returns only records |
| // that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization |
| // format for the response. For more information, see S3Select API Documentation |
| // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectSELECTContent.html). |
| type SelectObjectContentInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `locationName:"SelectObjectContentRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` |
| |
| // The S3 bucket. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The expression that is used to query the object. |
| // |
| // Expression is a required field |
| Expression *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The type of the provided expression (for example., SQL). |
| // |
| // ExpressionType is a required field |
| ExpressionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpressionType"` |
| |
| // Describes the format of the data in the object that is being queried. |
| // |
| // InputSerialization is a required field |
| InputSerialization *InputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The object key. |
| // |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Describes the format of the data that you want Amazon S3 to return in response. |
| // |
| // OutputSerialization is a required field |
| OutputSerialization *OutputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies if periodic request progress information should be enabled. |
| RequestProgress *RequestProgress `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The SSE Algorithm used to encrypt the object. For more information, see |
| // Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html). |
| SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` |
| |
| // The SSE Customer Key. For more information, see Server-Side Encryption (Using |
| // Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html). |
| SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // The SSE Customer Key MD5. For more information, see Server-Side Encryption |
| // (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html). |
| SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s SelectObjectContentInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s SelectObjectContentInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SelectObjectContentInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Expression == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Expression")) |
| } |
| if s.ExpressionType == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExpressionType")) |
| } |
| if s.InputSerialization == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSerialization")) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.OutputSerialization == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSerialization")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetBucket(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetExpression sets the Expression field's value. |
| func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpression(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { |
| s.Expression = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetExpressionType sets the ExpressionType field's value. |
| func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpressionType(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { |
| s.ExpressionType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetInputSerialization sets the InputSerialization field's value. |
| func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetInputSerialization(v *InputSerialization) *SelectObjectContentInput { |
| s.InputSerialization = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetKey(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetOutputSerialization sets the OutputSerialization field's value. |
| func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetOutputSerialization(v *OutputSerialization) *SelectObjectContentInput { |
| s.OutputSerialization = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestProgress sets the RequestProgress field's value. |
| func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetRequestProgress(v *RequestProgress) *SelectObjectContentInput { |
| s.RequestProgress = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { |
| s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. |
| func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { |
| s.SSECustomerKey = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { |
| if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.SSECustomerKey |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { |
| s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type SelectObjectContentOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Payload"` |
| |
| // Use EventStream to use the API's stream. |
| EventStream *SelectObjectContentEventStream `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s SelectObjectContentOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s SelectObjectContentOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetEventStream sets the EventStream field's value. |
| func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) SetEventStream(v *SelectObjectContentEventStream) *SelectObjectContentOutput { |
| s.EventStream = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) runEventStreamLoop(r *request.Request) { |
| if r.Error != nil { |
| return |
| } |
| reader := newReadSelectObjectContentEventStream( |
| r.HTTPResponse.Body, |
| r.Handlers.UnmarshalStream, |
| r.Config.Logger, |
| r.Config.LogLevel.Value(), |
| ) |
| go reader.readEventStream() |
| |
| eventStream := &SelectObjectContentEventStream{ |
| StreamCloser: r.HTTPResponse.Body, |
| Reader: reader, |
| } |
| s.EventStream = eventStream |
| } |
| |
| // Describes the parameters for Select job types. |
| type SelectParameters struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The expression that is used to query the object. |
| // |
| // Expression is a required field |
| Expression *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The type of the provided expression (e.g., SQL). |
| // |
| // ExpressionType is a required field |
| ExpressionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpressionType"` |
| |
| // Describes the serialization format of the object. |
| // |
| // InputSerialization is a required field |
| InputSerialization *InputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Describes how the results of the Select job are serialized. |
| // |
| // OutputSerialization is a required field |
| OutputSerialization *OutputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s SelectParameters) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s SelectParameters) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *SelectParameters) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SelectParameters"} |
| if s.Expression == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Expression")) |
| } |
| if s.ExpressionType == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExpressionType")) |
| } |
| if s.InputSerialization == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSerialization")) |
| } |
| if s.OutputSerialization == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSerialization")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetExpression sets the Expression field's value. |
| func (s *SelectParameters) SetExpression(v string) *SelectParameters { |
| s.Expression = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetExpressionType sets the ExpressionType field's value. |
| func (s *SelectParameters) SetExpressionType(v string) *SelectParameters { |
| s.ExpressionType = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetInputSerialization sets the InputSerialization field's value. |
| func (s *SelectParameters) SetInputSerialization(v *InputSerialization) *SelectParameters { |
| s.InputSerialization = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetOutputSerialization sets the OutputSerialization field's value. |
| func (s *SelectParameters) SetOutputSerialization(v *OutputSerialization) *SelectParameters { |
| s.OutputSerialization = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Describes the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the |
| // bucket. If Put Object request does not specify any server-side encryption, |
| // this default encryption will be applied. |
| type ServerSideEncryptionByDefault struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // KMS master key ID to use for the default encryption. This parameter is allowed |
| // if SSEAlgorithm is aws:kms. |
| KMSMasterKeyID *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // Server-side encryption algorithm to use for the default encryption. |
| // |
| // SSEAlgorithm is a required field |
| SSEAlgorithm *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionByDefault"} |
| if s.SSEAlgorithm == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SSEAlgorithm")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetKMSMasterKeyID sets the KMSMasterKeyID field's value. |
| func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) SetKMSMasterKeyID(v string) *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault { |
| s.KMSMasterKeyID = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSEAlgorithm sets the SSEAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) SetSSEAlgorithm(v string) *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault { |
| s.SSEAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Container for server-side encryption configuration rules. Currently S3 supports |
| // one rule only. |
| type ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Container for information about a particular server-side encryption configuration |
| // rule. |
| // |
| // Rules is a required field |
| Rules []*ServerSideEncryptionRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"} |
| if s.Rules == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules")) |
| } |
| if s.Rules != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.Rules { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetRules sets the Rules field's value. |
| func (s *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ServerSideEncryptionRule) *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration { |
| s.Rules = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // Container for information about a particular server-side encryption configuration |
| // rule. |
| type ServerSideEncryptionRule struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Describes the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the |
| // bucket. If Put Object request does not specify any server-side encryption, |
| // this default encryption will be applied. |
| ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s ServerSideEncryptionRule) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s ServerSideEncryptionRule) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionRule"} |
| if s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault != nil { |
| if err := s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault sets the ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault field's value. |
| func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) SetApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault(v *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) *ServerSideEncryptionRule { |
| s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // A container for filters that define which source objects should be replicated. |
| type SourceSelectionCriteria struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A container for filter information for the selection of S3 objects encrypted |
| // with AWS KMS. If you include SourceSelectionCriteria in the replication configuration, |
| // this element is required. |
| SseKmsEncryptedObjects *SseKmsEncryptedObjects `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s SourceSelectionCriteria) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s SourceSelectionCriteria) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *SourceSelectionCriteria) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SourceSelectionCriteria"} |
| if s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects != nil { |
| if err := s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("SseKmsEncryptedObjects", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetSseKmsEncryptedObjects sets the SseKmsEncryptedObjects field's value. |
| func (s *SourceSelectionCriteria) SetSseKmsEncryptedObjects(v *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) *SourceSelectionCriteria { |
| s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // A container for filter information for the selection of S3 objects encrypted |
| // with AWS KMS. |
| type SseKmsEncryptedObjects struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // If the status is not Enabled, replication for S3 objects encrypted with AWS |
| // KMS is disabled. |
| // |
| // Status is a required field |
| Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s SseKmsEncryptedObjects) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s SseKmsEncryptedObjects) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SseKmsEncryptedObjects"} |
| if s.Status == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. |
| func (s *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) SetStatus(v string) *SseKmsEncryptedObjects { |
| s.Status = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type Stats struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The total number of uncompressed object bytes processed. |
| BytesProcessed *int64 `type:"long"` |
| |
| // The total number of bytes of records payload data returned. |
| BytesReturned *int64 `type:"long"` |
| |
| // The total number of object bytes scanned. |
| BytesScanned *int64 `type:"long"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Stats) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Stats) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetBytesProcessed sets the BytesProcessed field's value. |
| func (s *Stats) SetBytesProcessed(v int64) *Stats { |
| s.BytesProcessed = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBytesReturned sets the BytesReturned field's value. |
| func (s *Stats) SetBytesReturned(v int64) *Stats { |
| s.BytesReturned = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBytesScanned sets the BytesScanned field's value. |
| func (s *Stats) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Stats { |
| s.BytesScanned = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type StatsEvent struct { |
| _ struct{} `locationName:"StatsEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Details"` |
| |
| // The Stats event details. |
| Details *Stats `locationName:"Details" type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s StatsEvent) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s StatsEvent) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetDetails sets the Details field's value. |
| func (s *StatsEvent) SetDetails(v *Stats) *StatsEvent { |
| s.Details = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // The StatsEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events. |
| func (s *StatsEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {} |
| |
| // UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the StatsEvent value. |
| // This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. |
| func (s *StatsEvent) UnmarshalEvent( |
| payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, |
| msg eventstream.Message, |
| ) error { |
| if err := payloadUnmarshaler.UnmarshalPayload( |
| bytes.NewReader(msg.Payload), s, |
| ); err != nil { |
| return err |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| type StorageClassAnalysis struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // A container used to describe how data related to the storage class analysis |
| // should be exported. |
| DataExport *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport `type:"structure"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s StorageClassAnalysis) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s StorageClassAnalysis) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageClassAnalysis"} |
| if s.DataExport != nil { |
| if err := s.DataExport.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("DataExport", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetDataExport sets the DataExport field's value. |
| func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) SetDataExport(v *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) *StorageClassAnalysis { |
| s.DataExport = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type StorageClassAnalysisDataExport struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The place to store the data for an analysis. |
| // |
| // Destination is a required field |
| Destination *AnalyticsExportDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The version of the output schema to use when exporting data. Must be V_1. |
| // |
| // OutputSchemaVersion is a required field |
| OutputSchemaVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageClassAnalysisDataExport"} |
| if s.Destination == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) |
| } |
| if s.OutputSchemaVersion == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSchemaVersion")) |
| } |
| if s.Destination != nil { |
| if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. |
| func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetDestination(v *AnalyticsExportDestination) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport { |
| s.Destination = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetOutputSchemaVersion sets the OutputSchemaVersion field's value. |
| func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetOutputSchemaVersion(v string) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport { |
| s.OutputSchemaVersion = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type Tag struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Name of the tag. |
| // |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Value of the tag. |
| // |
| // Value is a required field |
| Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Tag) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Tag) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *Tag) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tag"} |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Value == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetValue sets the Value field's value. |
| func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { |
| s.Value = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type Tagging struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // TagSet is a required field |
| TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Tagging) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Tagging) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *Tagging) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tagging"} |
| if s.TagSet == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagSet")) |
| } |
| if s.TagSet != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.TagSet { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TagSet", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value. |
| func (s *Tagging) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *Tagging { |
| s.TagSet = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type TargetGrant struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"` |
| |
| // Logging permissions assigned to the Grantee for the bucket. |
| Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLogsPermission"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s TargetGrant) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s TargetGrant) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *TargetGrant) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TargetGrant"} |
| if s.Grantee != nil { |
| if err := s.Grantee.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("Grantee", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGrant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *TargetGrant { |
| s.Grantee = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPermission sets the Permission field's value. |
| func (s *TargetGrant) SetPermission(v string) *TargetGrant { |
| s.Permission = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages |
| // to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic.when Amazon S3 |
| // detects specified events. |
| type TopicConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Events is a required field |
| Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` |
| |
| // A container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key |
| // name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) |
| // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. |
| Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. |
| // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. |
| Id *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 |
| // will publish a message when it detects events of the specified type. |
| // |
| // TopicArn is a required field |
| TopicArn *string `locationName:"Topic" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s TopicConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s TopicConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *TopicConfiguration) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TopicConfiguration"} |
| if s.Events == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events")) |
| } |
| if s.TopicArn == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TopicArn")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetEvents sets the Events field's value. |
| func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfiguration { |
| s.Events = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. |
| func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *TopicConfiguration { |
| s.Filter = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetId(v string) *TopicConfiguration { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTopicArn sets the TopicArn field's value. |
| func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetTopicArn(v string) *TopicConfiguration { |
| s.TopicArn = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type TopicConfigurationDeprecated struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket event for which to send notifications. |
| // |
| // Deprecated: Event has been deprecated |
| Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` |
| |
| Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"` |
| |
| // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. |
| // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. |
| Id *string `type:"string"` |
| |
| // Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 will publish a message to report the |
| // specified events for the bucket. |
| Topic *string `type:"string"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetEvent sets the Event field's value. |
| func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated { |
| s.Event = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetEvents sets the Events field's value. |
| func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated { |
| s.Events = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetId sets the Id field's value. |
| func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated { |
| s.Id = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetTopic sets the Topic field's value. |
| func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopic(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated { |
| s.Topic = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type Transition struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in |
| // GMT ISO 8601 Format. |
| Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` |
| |
| // Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. |
| // The value must be a non-zero positive integer. |
| Days *int64 `type:"integer"` |
| |
| // The class of storage used to store the object. |
| StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s Transition) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s Transition) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetDate sets the Date field's value. |
| func (s *Transition) SetDate(v time.Time) *Transition { |
| s.Date = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetDays sets the Days field's value. |
| func (s *Transition) SetDays(v int64) *Transition { |
| s.Days = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. |
| func (s *Transition) SetStorageClass(v string) *Transition { |
| s.StorageClass = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type UploadPartCopyInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // The name of the source bucket and key name of the source object, separated |
| // by a slash (/). Must be URL-encoded. |
| // |
| // CopySource is a required field |
| CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag. |
| CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time. |
| CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified |
| // ETag. |
| CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time. |
| CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp"` |
| |
| // The range of bytes to copy from the source object. The range value must use |
| // the form bytes=first-last, where the first and last are the zero-based byte |
| // offsets to copy. For example, bytes=0-9 indicates that you want to copy the |
| // first ten bytes of the source. You can copy a range only if the source object |
| // is greater than 5 MB. |
| CopySourceRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-range" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (e.g., AES256). |
| CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt |
| // the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one |
| // that was used when the source object was created. |
| CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. |
| // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption |
| // key was transmitted without error. |
| CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Part number of part being copied. This is a positive integer between 1 and |
| // 10,000. |
| // |
| // PartNumber is a required field |
| PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). |
| SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting |
| // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon |
| // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with |
| // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm |
| // header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart |
| // upload request. |
| SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. |
| // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption |
| // key was transmitted without error. |
| SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being copied. |
| // |
| // UploadId is a required field |
| UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s UploadPartCopyInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s UploadPartCopyInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadPartCopyInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.CopySource == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CopySource")) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.PartNumber == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartNumber")) |
| } |
| if s.UploadId == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySource(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { |
| s.CopySource = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { |
| s.CopySourceIfMatch = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput { |
| s.CopySourceIfModifiedSince = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { |
| s.CopySourceIfNoneMatch = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput { |
| s.CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySourceRange sets the CopySourceRange field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceRange(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { |
| s.CopySourceRange = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { |
| s.CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { |
| s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getCopySourceSSECustomerKey() (v string) { |
| if s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { |
| s.CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartCopyInput { |
| s.PartNumber = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { |
| s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { |
| s.SSECustomerKey = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { |
| if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.SSECustomerKey |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { |
| s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { |
| s.UploadId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type UploadPartCopyOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyPartResult"` |
| |
| CopyPartResult *CopyPartResult `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // The version of the source object that was copied, if you have enabled versioning |
| // on the source bucket. |
| CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| |
| // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, |
| // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm |
| // used. |
| SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, |
| // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity |
| // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. |
| SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master |
| // encryption key that was used for the object. |
| SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 |
| // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). |
| ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopyPartResult sets the CopyPartResult field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopyPartResult(v *CopyPartResult) *UploadPartCopyOutput { |
| s.CopyPartResult = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { |
| s.CopySourceVersionId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { |
| s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { |
| s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { |
| s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { |
| s.ServerSideEncryption = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type UploadPartInput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` |
| |
| // Object data. |
| Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"` |
| |
| // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. |
| // |
| // Bucket is a required field |
| Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the |
| // body cannot be determined automatically. |
| ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` |
| |
| // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the part data. |
| ContentMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. |
| // |
| // Key is a required field |
| Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Part number of part being uploaded. This is a positive integer between 1 |
| // and 10,000. |
| // |
| // PartNumber is a required field |
| PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"` |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` |
| |
| // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). |
| SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting |
| // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon |
| // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with |
| // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm |
| // header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart |
| // upload request. |
| SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. |
| // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption |
| // key was transmitted without error. |
| SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being uploaded. |
| // |
| // UploadId is a required field |
| UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s UploadPartInput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s UploadPartInput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *UploadPartInput) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadPartInput"} |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) |
| } |
| if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.Key == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) |
| } |
| if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) |
| } |
| if s.PartNumber == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartNumber")) |
| } |
| if s.UploadId == nil { |
| invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetBody sets the Body field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *UploadPartInput { |
| s.Body = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartInput { |
| s.Bucket = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *UploadPartInput) getBucket() (v string) { |
| if s.Bucket == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.Bucket |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *UploadPartInput { |
| s.ContentLength = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetContentMD5 sets the ContentMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartInput) SetContentMD5(v string) *UploadPartInput { |
| s.ContentMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetKey sets the Key field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartInput { |
| s.Key = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartInput { |
| s.PartNumber = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartInput { |
| s.RequestPayer = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartInput { |
| s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartInput { |
| s.SSECustomerKey = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| func (s *UploadPartInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { |
| if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { |
| return v |
| } |
| return *s.SSECustomerKey |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartInput { |
| s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartInput { |
| s.UploadId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type UploadPartOutput struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Entity tag for the uploaded object. |
| ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` |
| |
| // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, |
| // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm |
| // used. |
| SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, |
| // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity |
| // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. |
| SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` |
| |
| // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master |
| // encryption key that was used for the object. |
| SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` |
| |
| // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 |
| // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). |
| ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s UploadPartOutput) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s UploadPartOutput) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetETag(v string) *UploadPartOutput { |
| s.ETag = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartOutput { |
| s.RequestCharged = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartOutput { |
| s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartOutput { |
| s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartOutput { |
| s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. |
| func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartOutput { |
| s.ServerSideEncryption = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type VersioningConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| // Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration. |
| // This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA |
| // delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned. |
| MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADelete"` |
| |
| // The versioning state of the bucket. |
| Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s VersioningConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s VersioningConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value. |
| func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetMFADelete(v string) *VersioningConfiguration { |
| s.MFADelete = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. |
| func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *VersioningConfiguration { |
| s.Status = &v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| type WebsiteConfiguration struct { |
| _ struct{} `type:"structure"` |
| |
| ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"` |
| |
| IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"` |
| |
| RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"` |
| |
| RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"` |
| } |
| |
| // String returns the string representation |
| func (s WebsiteConfiguration) String() string { |
| return awsutil.Prettify(s) |
| } |
| |
| // GoString returns the string representation |
| func (s WebsiteConfiguration) GoString() string { |
| return s.String() |
| } |
| |
| // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. |
| func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) Validate() error { |
| invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "WebsiteConfiguration"} |
| if s.ErrorDocument != nil { |
| if err := s.ErrorDocument.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("ErrorDocument", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.IndexDocument != nil { |
| if err := s.IndexDocument.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("IndexDocument", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.RedirectAllRequestsTo != nil { |
| if err := s.RedirectAllRequestsTo.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested("RedirectAllRequestsTo", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| if s.RoutingRules != nil { |
| for i, v := range s.RoutingRules { |
| if v == nil { |
| continue |
| } |
| if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { |
| invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "RoutingRules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { |
| return invalidParams |
| } |
| return nil |
| } |
| |
| // SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value. |
| func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration { |
| s.ErrorDocument = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value. |
| func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration { |
| s.IndexDocument = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value. |
| func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *WebsiteConfiguration { |
| s.RedirectAllRequestsTo = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| // SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value. |
| func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *WebsiteConfiguration { |
| s.RoutingRules = v |
| return s |
| } |
| |
| const ( |
| // AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv is a AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat enum value |
| AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv = "CSV" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value |
| BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled = "Enabled" |
| |
| // BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value |
| BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended = "Suspended" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // BucketCannedACLPrivate is a BucketCannedACL enum value |
| BucketCannedACLPrivate = "private" |
| |
| // BucketCannedACLPublicRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value |
| BucketCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read" |
| |
| // BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a BucketCannedACL enum value |
| BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write" |
| |
| // BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value |
| BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // BucketLocationConstraintEu is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value |
| BucketLocationConstraintEu = "EU" |
| |
| // BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value |
| BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 = "eu-west-1" |
| |
| // BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value |
| BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 = "us-west-1" |
| |
| // BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value |
| BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 = "us-west-2" |
| |
| // BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value |
| BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 = "ap-south-1" |
| |
| // BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value |
| BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 = "ap-southeast-1" |
| |
| // BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value |
| BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 = "ap-southeast-2" |
| |
| // BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value |
| BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 = "ap-northeast-1" |
| |
| // BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value |
| BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 = "sa-east-1" |
| |
| // BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value |
| BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 = "cn-north-1" |
| |
| // BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value |
| BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 = "eu-central-1" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // BucketLogsPermissionFullControl is a BucketLogsPermission enum value |
| BucketLogsPermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL" |
| |
| // BucketLogsPermissionRead is a BucketLogsPermission enum value |
| BucketLogsPermissionRead = "READ" |
| |
| // BucketLogsPermissionWrite is a BucketLogsPermission enum value |
| BucketLogsPermissionWrite = "WRITE" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // BucketVersioningStatusEnabled is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value |
| BucketVersioningStatusEnabled = "Enabled" |
| |
| // BucketVersioningStatusSuspended is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value |
| BucketVersioningStatusSuspended = "Suspended" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // CompressionTypeNone is a CompressionType enum value |
| CompressionTypeNone = "NONE" |
| |
| // CompressionTypeGzip is a CompressionType enum value |
| CompressionTypeGzip = "GZIP" |
| |
| // CompressionTypeBzip2 is a CompressionType enum value |
| CompressionTypeBzip2 = "BZIP2" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusEnabled is a DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus enum value |
| DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusEnabled = "Enabled" |
| |
| // DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusDisabled is a DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus enum value |
| DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusDisabled = "Disabled" |
| ) |
| |
| // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies |
| // the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; |
| // however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters |
| // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in |
| // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the |
| // keys in the response. |
| const ( |
| // EncodingTypeUrl is a EncodingType enum value |
| EncodingTypeUrl = "url" |
| ) |
| |
| // The bucket event for which to send notifications. |
| const ( |
| // EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject is a Event enum value |
| EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject = "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject" |
| |
| // EventS3ObjectCreated is a Event enum value |
| EventS3ObjectCreated = "s3:ObjectCreated:*" |
| |
| // EventS3ObjectCreatedPut is a Event enum value |
| EventS3ObjectCreatedPut = "s3:ObjectCreated:Put" |
| |
| // EventS3ObjectCreatedPost is a Event enum value |
| EventS3ObjectCreatedPost = "s3:ObjectCreated:Post" |
| |
| // EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy is a Event enum value |
| EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy = "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy" |
| |
| // EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload is a Event enum value |
| EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload = "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload" |
| |
| // EventS3ObjectRemoved is a Event enum value |
| EventS3ObjectRemoved = "s3:ObjectRemoved:*" |
| |
| // EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete is a Event enum value |
| EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete = "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete" |
| |
| // EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated is a Event enum value |
| EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated = "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated" |
| |
| // EventS3ObjectRestorePost is a Event enum value |
| EventS3ObjectRestorePost = "s3:ObjectRestore:Post" |
| |
| // EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted is a Event enum value |
| EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted = "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // ExpirationStatusEnabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value |
| ExpirationStatusEnabled = "Enabled" |
| |
| // ExpirationStatusDisabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value |
| ExpirationStatusDisabled = "Disabled" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // ExpressionTypeSql is a ExpressionType enum value |
| ExpressionTypeSql = "SQL" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // FileHeaderInfoUse is a FileHeaderInfo enum value |
| FileHeaderInfoUse = "USE" |
| |
| // FileHeaderInfoIgnore is a FileHeaderInfo enum value |
| FileHeaderInfoIgnore = "IGNORE" |
| |
| // FileHeaderInfoNone is a FileHeaderInfo enum value |
| FileHeaderInfoNone = "NONE" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // FilterRuleNamePrefix is a FilterRuleName enum value |
| FilterRuleNamePrefix = "prefix" |
| |
| // FilterRuleNameSuffix is a FilterRuleName enum value |
| FilterRuleNameSuffix = "suffix" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // InventoryFormatCsv is a InventoryFormat enum value |
| InventoryFormatCsv = "CSV" |
| |
| // InventoryFormatOrc is a InventoryFormat enum value |
| InventoryFormatOrc = "ORC" |
| |
| // InventoryFormatParquet is a InventoryFormat enum value |
| InventoryFormatParquet = "Parquet" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // InventoryFrequencyDaily is a InventoryFrequency enum value |
| InventoryFrequencyDaily = "Daily" |
| |
| // InventoryFrequencyWeekly is a InventoryFrequency enum value |
| InventoryFrequencyWeekly = "Weekly" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value |
| InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll = "All" |
| |
| // InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value |
| InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent = "Current" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // InventoryOptionalFieldSize is a InventoryOptionalField enum value |
| InventoryOptionalFieldSize = "Size" |
| |
| // InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate is a InventoryOptionalField enum value |
| InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate = "LastModifiedDate" |
| |
| // InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass is a InventoryOptionalField enum value |
| InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass = "StorageClass" |
| |
| // InventoryOptionalFieldEtag is a InventoryOptionalField enum value |
| InventoryOptionalFieldEtag = "ETag" |
| |
| // InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded is a InventoryOptionalField enum value |
| InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded = "IsMultipartUploaded" |
| |
| // InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value |
| InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus = "ReplicationStatus" |
| |
| // InventoryOptionalFieldEncryptionStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value |
| InventoryOptionalFieldEncryptionStatus = "EncryptionStatus" |
| |
| // InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockRetainUntilDate is a InventoryOptionalField enum value |
| InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockRetainUntilDate = "ObjectLockRetainUntilDate" |
| |
| // InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockMode is a InventoryOptionalField enum value |
| InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockMode = "ObjectLockMode" |
| |
| // InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockLegalHoldStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value |
| InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = "ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // JSONTypeDocument is a JSONType enum value |
| JSONTypeDocument = "DOCUMENT" |
| |
| // JSONTypeLines is a JSONType enum value |
| JSONTypeLines = "LINES" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // MFADeleteEnabled is a MFADelete enum value |
| MFADeleteEnabled = "Enabled" |
| |
| // MFADeleteDisabled is a MFADelete enum value |
| MFADeleteDisabled = "Disabled" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // MFADeleteStatusEnabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value |
| MFADeleteStatusEnabled = "Enabled" |
| |
| // MFADeleteStatusDisabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value |
| MFADeleteStatusDisabled = "Disabled" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // MetadataDirectiveCopy is a MetadataDirective enum value |
| MetadataDirectiveCopy = "COPY" |
| |
| // MetadataDirectiveReplace is a MetadataDirective enum value |
| MetadataDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // ObjectCannedACLPrivate is a ObjectCannedACL enum value |
| ObjectCannedACLPrivate = "private" |
| |
| // ObjectCannedACLPublicRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value |
| ObjectCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read" |
| |
| // ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a ObjectCannedACL enum value |
| ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write" |
| |
| // ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value |
| ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read" |
| |
| // ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value |
| ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead = "aws-exec-read" |
| |
| // ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value |
| ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead = "bucket-owner-read" |
| |
| // ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl is a ObjectCannedACL enum value |
| ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl = "bucket-owner-full-control" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // ObjectLockEnabledEnabled is a ObjectLockEnabled enum value |
| ObjectLockEnabledEnabled = "Enabled" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOn is a ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus enum value |
| ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOn = "ON" |
| |
| // ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOff is a ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus enum value |
| ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOff = "OFF" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // ObjectLockModeGovernance is a ObjectLockMode enum value |
| ObjectLockModeGovernance = "GOVERNANCE" |
| |
| // ObjectLockModeCompliance is a ObjectLockMode enum value |
| ObjectLockModeCompliance = "COMPLIANCE" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // ObjectLockRetentionModeGovernance is a ObjectLockRetentionMode enum value |
| ObjectLockRetentionModeGovernance = "GOVERNANCE" |
| |
| // ObjectLockRetentionModeCompliance is a ObjectLockRetentionMode enum value |
| ObjectLockRetentionModeCompliance = "COMPLIANCE" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // ObjectStorageClassStandard is a ObjectStorageClass enum value |
| ObjectStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD" |
| |
| // ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy is a ObjectStorageClass enum value |
| ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY" |
| |
| // ObjectStorageClassGlacier is a ObjectStorageClass enum value |
| ObjectStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER" |
| |
| // ObjectStorageClassStandardIa is a ObjectStorageClass enum value |
| ObjectStorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA" |
| |
| // ObjectStorageClassOnezoneIa is a ObjectStorageClass enum value |
| ObjectStorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA" |
| |
| // ObjectStorageClassIntelligentTiering is a ObjectStorageClass enum value |
| ObjectStorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING" |
| |
| // ObjectStorageClassDeepArchive is a ObjectStorageClass enum value |
| ObjectStorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard is a ObjectVersionStorageClass enum value |
| ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // OwnerOverrideDestination is a OwnerOverride enum value |
| OwnerOverrideDestination = "Destination" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // PayerRequester is a Payer enum value |
| PayerRequester = "Requester" |
| |
| // PayerBucketOwner is a Payer enum value |
| PayerBucketOwner = "BucketOwner" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // PermissionFullControl is a Permission enum value |
| PermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL" |
| |
| // PermissionWrite is a Permission enum value |
| PermissionWrite = "WRITE" |
| |
| // PermissionWriteAcp is a Permission enum value |
| PermissionWriteAcp = "WRITE_ACP" |
| |
| // PermissionRead is a Permission enum value |
| PermissionRead = "READ" |
| |
| // PermissionReadAcp is a Permission enum value |
| PermissionReadAcp = "READ_ACP" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // ProtocolHttp is a Protocol enum value |
| ProtocolHttp = "http" |
| |
| // ProtocolHttps is a Protocol enum value |
| ProtocolHttps = "https" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // QuoteFieldsAlways is a QuoteFields enum value |
| QuoteFieldsAlways = "ALWAYS" |
| |
| // QuoteFieldsAsneeded is a QuoteFields enum value |
| QuoteFieldsAsneeded = "ASNEEDED" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value |
| ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled = "Enabled" |
| |
| // ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value |
| ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled = "Disabled" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // ReplicationStatusComplete is a ReplicationStatus enum value |
| ReplicationStatusComplete = "COMPLETE" |
| |
| // ReplicationStatusPending is a ReplicationStatus enum value |
| ReplicationStatusPending = "PENDING" |
| |
| // ReplicationStatusFailed is a ReplicationStatus enum value |
| ReplicationStatusFailed = "FAILED" |
| |
| // ReplicationStatusReplica is a ReplicationStatus enum value |
| ReplicationStatusReplica = "REPLICA" |
| ) |
| |
| // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the |
| // request. |
| const ( |
| // RequestChargedRequester is a RequestCharged enum value |
| RequestChargedRequester = "requester" |
| ) |
| |
| // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the |
| // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. |
| // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found |
| // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html |
| const ( |
| // RequestPayerRequester is a RequestPayer enum value |
| RequestPayerRequester = "requester" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // RestoreRequestTypeSelect is a RestoreRequestType enum value |
| RestoreRequestTypeSelect = "SELECT" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // ServerSideEncryptionAes256 is a ServerSideEncryption enum value |
| ServerSideEncryptionAes256 = "AES256" |
| |
| // ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms is a ServerSideEncryption enum value |
| ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms = "aws:kms" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusEnabled is a SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum value |
| SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusEnabled = "Enabled" |
| |
| // SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusDisabled is a SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum value |
| SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusDisabled = "Disabled" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // StorageClassStandard is a StorageClass enum value |
| StorageClassStandard = "STANDARD" |
| |
| // StorageClassReducedRedundancy is a StorageClass enum value |
| StorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY" |
| |
| // StorageClassStandardIa is a StorageClass enum value |
| StorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA" |
| |
| // StorageClassOnezoneIa is a StorageClass enum value |
| StorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA" |
| |
| // StorageClassIntelligentTiering is a StorageClass enum value |
| StorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING" |
| |
| // StorageClassGlacier is a StorageClass enum value |
| StorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER" |
| |
| // StorageClassDeepArchive is a StorageClass enum value |
| StorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 is a StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion enum value |
| StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 = "V_1" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // TaggingDirectiveCopy is a TaggingDirective enum value |
| TaggingDirectiveCopy = "COPY" |
| |
| // TaggingDirectiveReplace is a TaggingDirective enum value |
| TaggingDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // TierStandard is a Tier enum value |
| TierStandard = "Standard" |
| |
| // TierBulk is a Tier enum value |
| TierBulk = "Bulk" |
| |
| // TierExpedited is a Tier enum value |
| TierExpedited = "Expedited" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // TransitionStorageClassGlacier is a TransitionStorageClass enum value |
| TransitionStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER" |
| |
| // TransitionStorageClassStandardIa is a TransitionStorageClass enum value |
| TransitionStorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA" |
| |
| // TransitionStorageClassOnezoneIa is a TransitionStorageClass enum value |
| TransitionStorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA" |
| |
| // TransitionStorageClassIntelligentTiering is a TransitionStorageClass enum value |
| TransitionStorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING" |
| |
| // TransitionStorageClassDeepArchive is a TransitionStorageClass enum value |
| TransitionStorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE" |
| ) |
| |
| const ( |
| // TypeCanonicalUser is a Type enum value |
| TypeCanonicalUser = "CanonicalUser" |
| |
| // TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail is a Type enum value |
| TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail = "AmazonCustomerByEmail" |
| |
| // TypeGroup is a Type enum value |
| TypeGroup = "Group" |
| ) |